diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:18:17 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:18:17 -0700 |
| commit | 728016b29d04c459b2585429d7c4942a57cd3c31 (patch) | |
| tree | f53b9d8bc9f91605cd44352055facea178e7e1d6 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 25659-8.txt | 2920 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 25659-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 54262 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 25659-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 304156 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 25659-h/25659-h.htm | 3853 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 25659-h/images/dec.png | bin | 0 -> 1156 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 25659-h/images/instruction.png | bin | 0 -> 243693 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 25659.txt | 2920 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 25659.zip | bin | 0 -> 54242 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
11 files changed, 9709 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/25659-8.txt b/25659-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dbda456 --- /dev/null +++ b/25659-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2920 @@ +Project Gutenberg's A Week of Instruction and Amusement,, by Mrs. Harley + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: A Week of Instruction and Amusement, + or, Mrs. Harley's birthday present to her daughter : + interspersed with short stories, outlines of sacred and + prophane history, geography &c. + +Author: Mrs. Harley + +Release Date: May 31, 2008 [EBook #25659] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT *** + + + + +Produced by Tamise Totterdell and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + + + + + + + + +[Illustration: Instruction.] + + + + + A + + WEEK + + OF + + INSTRUCTION + + AND + + AMUSEMENT; + + OR, + + MRS. HARLEY'S + _BIRTHDAY PRESENT_ + TO + HER DAUGHTER. + + + INTERSPERSED WITH SHORT STORIES + --OUTLINES OF SACRED AND + PROPHANE HISTORY-- + GEOGRAPHY, &c. + + + LONDON: + PRINTED FOR J. HARRIS, + CORNER OF ST. PAUL'S CHURCH-YARD. + + 1812. + + + + +H. Bryer, Printer, Bridge-Street, Blackfriars, London. + + + + +ADVERTISEMENT. + + +The following pages were written with the design of communicating, in a +manner agreeable to children, some knowledge of those subjects which +they so often find tedious and uninteresting.--Should the stories +related inspire a love of virtue, and the lessons awaken a desire for +the further acquisition of useful knowledge, the attempt, +notwithstanding its defect, cannot, it is hoped, be deemed wholly +useless. + + + + +A WEEK OF INSTRUCTION, _&c._ + + + + +_CHAPTER I._ + +THURSDAY. + + +At a pleasant village a few miles from London, resided a widow-lady of +the name of Harley; she had but one child, and to forming her manners +and instructing her mind she devoted her whole time. Anne (for so was +this little girl named) was an amiable child; she rewarded her mother's +care and affection, by paying great attention to her instructions; like +all other children, she was fond of play, but seldom murmured when +called to attend the hours set apart for working, reading, or learning +her lessons: all these she performed extremely well for her age, and had +already gone through many of the first books that are put into the hands +of children. + +As a reward for her application, her mamma had promised to write a few +stories on purpose for her, and one Thursday in the month of August, the +day on which little Anne completed her eighth year, Mrs. Harley +presented her the book which contained them, saying, "I shall only +permit you to read in this book, my dear Anne, when I have reason to be +satisfied with your conduct, for as it is now given to a good little +girl, I would never upon any account, allow a naughty one to make use of +it. We will begin our mornings with reading one of these stories, and +afterwards I will give you a lesson upon different subjects, many of +which you are now quite unacquainted with. By pursuing this method you +will be daily adding to your stock of knowledge, and will I hope in time +become a good and sensible girl: this, my dear, is the first wish of my +heart, and you must do every thing in your power to promote it. Be +industrious and docile, and you may be sure of succeeding in all I +require you to undertake. But come, the morning is so fine that we will +go into the garden, where upon yonder seat you shall begin your new +study." + +Little Anne after thanking her mamma for her kind present, followed her +to the bench, when they were seated, she opened the book, and the first +story that presented itself was + + +_The pleasure of giving, much greater than that of receiving._ + +Edward and James were the sons of a respectable farmer, who spared no +pains in giving them an education suited to their situation in life. +Having been pleased with their good conduct in some circumstances that +had lately occurred, he promised them a holiday the first time the +weather should be fine enough for them to visit their aunt, who lived a +few miles distant from the village where they resided. The wished for +morning at length arrived, the farmer gave each of his sons a shilling, +and a basket filled with provisions. Thus equipped, they began their +journey, and amused themselves on the road, by talking of the pleasure +they should have in seeing their good aunt. The best way of spending +their shillings was a subject of great importance, "I will have a +handsome kite," said Edward, "and the string shall be long enough to +allow it to fly as high as the clouds." "Yes," answered James, "but +however long your string may be, I believe it must depend upon the wind +for flying. Now, I will have a bag of marbles, with these I can always +play on the stones in the church-yard after school." "Excepting when it +rains brother James; however, as the money is our own, we have each you +know a right to please ourselves." + +Just as Edward finished speaking, a poor little ragged boy came up to +the brothers, and asked for a halfpenny to buy a bit of bread, saying +he was so very hungry he knew not what to do. "What, have you had no +breakfast! my little man?" asked James. "No, sir, nor supper last night, +do pray give me a halfpenny, I am so very faint for want of food." + +Edward immediately took a piece of cake from his basket and gave it to +the boy, enquiring at the same time, where his father and mother was. + +"Alas, my good young gentleman, they are both dead. I lost father about +a month ago, and I fear I shall soon follow him, for indeed I am very +ill, and not able to work, therefore I must be starved." "O no," said +James, "not if I can prevent it, you do indeed look very ill, but take +courage, I hope you will soon recover, and surely the parish must +provide for you--where do you live?" + +"Since father died I have had no regular home, and this is not my +parish. Sometimes I sleep in a barn. I do what I can to assist an old +man, who was my mother's uncle, but he is ill now, and not able to keep +me, so I shall be quite deserted."--"Well," said Edward, "I will provide +you with a dinner to day, and give you money to procure a lodging at +night; here is a shilling, my father gave it me to buy toys with, but I +can do better without them, than you can without food." The little boy +took the shilling, and with tears in his eyes thanked his kind friend. +James would not suffer him to depart without accepting his shilling +also, and desiring him to call the next morning at their father's, where +they would try to be of further use to him, they bade him adieu, and +pursued their journey. + +"I am sure," said Edward, "I feel more pleasure in making that child +happy, than in flying the finest kite in the world." "And I," added +James, "was a hundred times happier in giving him a shilling, than I was +when I received it this morning. Only think how rejoiced the poor boy +must be, to have so much money; I dare say he never before, possessed so +large a sum, but Edward, we shall have no new kite nor marbles +now!--Never mind, brother, we have done a good action, and that, you +know, our father says is the surest way to secure happiness"-- + +Thus conversing, these good lads arrived at their aunt's, where they +spent a very pleasant day, and in the evening returned home, to delight +their father's heart, with an account of their morning's adventure.--The +poor boy came the next morning to the farmer's, who having made the +necessary enquiries into his former conduct, took him into his service. +The brothers had soon the satisfaction of seeing him restored to health, +and in time he became a useful, faithful, and grateful servant to his +benevolent master. + + * * * * * + +"Well, my dear Anne," said Mrs. Harley, "how do you like my first +story?" + +_Anne._ O very much mamma, what good children Edward and James were, to +give their money to a poor little hungry boy; indeed, if ever I should +meet one I will do the same. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Then you will do well, and I shall love you dearly. +Remember, that the use of reading examples of virtue is to inspire you +with the desire to imitate them. But do you, my dear, know of what the +story you have just read is composed? + +_Anne._ O yes, mamma, of words, is it not? + +_Mrs. Harley._ You are right: letters make syllables, one or more +syllables make a word, words form a sentence, and a number of sentences +compose not only the little story of Edward and James, but all the great +books in the library. Now can you tell me how letters are divided? + +_Anne._ Not properly mamma, pray explain it to me. + +_Mrs. Harley._ I will my dear, and so we begin our + + +FIRST LESSON. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Letters of which there are twenty six in our language, +are divided into vowels and consonants. There are five proper vowels, a, +e, i, o, and u. Y is generally a consonant at the beginning of words, +and a vowel at the end of them. Repeat the vowels. + +_Anne._ a, e, i, o, u. Y, is sometimes a vowel, and sometimes a +consonant. The other letters are all consonants, they are, b, c, d, f, +g, h, j, k, l, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, v, w, x, y, z. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Very well, now you understand the letters, I will explain +the other little marks you see in this book. They are called stops: +there are six different ones, the comma, which is the shortest; the +semicolon;--the colon:--the period.--the note of admiration!--which +denotes wonder or surprise--and the note of interrogation? which shews +that a question is asked. Repeat them to me. + +_Anne._ , ; : . ! ? + +_Mrs. Harley._ Quite right, you may now put away your book, and go to +play. + + + + +_CHAPTER II._ + +FRIDAY. + + +_Mrs. Harley._ Here is another story for you Anne. + +_Anne._ Thank you, dear mamma, let me begin it directly. + + +_The Naughty Girl Reformed._ + +There was once a little girl who had been so much indulged in her +infancy, that by the time she arrived at her sixth year, every one +disliked her. She was proud and ill-tempered, she wanted whatever she +saw, and when any thing was refused her, she immediately began crying +and teazing her mamma for it, who being at last quite tired of her +importunity, generally gave up the point, and Fanny obtained what she +wished for. Now, though the mamma certainly intended to be very kind to +her child, yet I think she did wrong in this respect, because children +should never have what they cry for. + +Fanny's ill-temper increased with her years, she quarrelled with all the +children who used to play with her, till at length she was quite +shunned, and none of her little friends took any notice of her. + +A lady had given her sister Julia a pretty wax-doll, and she had taken +great pleasure in dressing it: almost all her leisure was occupied in +making its cloaths, and when they were completed she was quite +delighted. It so happened that Fanny was from home when her sister +received this present, but no sooner was she returned, and the doll +produced, than she began, as usual, to cry for it, and so loud, too, +that she disturbed the whole house. For this time, however, her tears +were in vain, Julia would not give up her favourite, though she +endeavoured to sooth her sister, by promising to lend it her as soon as +she should be a little more careful. Fanny was at length pacified, but +she watched the first opportunity to get possession of the doll. She +soon succeeded, and for some time played with it very carefully, but +having acquired a negligent habit of using her toys, she soon forgot its +brittle texture, and when tired of nursing it, threw it down on the +ground. The face was immediately broken to pieces, and while she was +picking up the scattered remains of the once beautiful features, Julia +entered the room. On seeing her favourite thus destroyed, she could not +help shedding tears, and she reproached Fanny for having taken the doll +without permission, especially as she had been so repeatedly desired +never to touch it. Fanny felt quite ashamed for her fault, and was +really sorry for the mischief she had occasioned: she begged her +sister's pardon and promised never again to be so naughty. The good +tempered Julia readily forgave her, and for a few days after this +misfortune Fanny behaved much better than usual. However, as ill habits +are very difficult to be overcome, she soon relapsed into her former +fretful and passionate ways; indeed, she made the family so +uncomfortable that her mother determined to send her from home, and for +that purpose wrote to a relation, entreating her to take the care of +Fanny for some time, and try if a different mode of treatment might have +some good effect in correcting her faults. + +Mrs. Benson was eminently distinguished for good sense and pleasing +manners. She had frequently regretted the improper indulgences that were +granted to this little girl, and accepted with alacrity the charge +consigned to her care. She made but a short visit to her sister, and +when she returned to her own residence, took back her little niece. It +had been a very difficult task to persuade Fanny to accompany Mrs. Benson, +but at length the engaging manners of this lady quite overcame her +reluctance, and after parting very affectionately with her mother and +sister, she got into the carriage that was to convey her above a hundred +miles from the place where she had hitherto resided. + +It was night when Mrs. Benson with her young charge arrived at the end +of her journey. The motion of the carriage had lulled Fanny to sleep, +and she was undressed and put to bed without being conscious of what was +passing around her. The next morning on opening her eyes, she was quite +surprised to find herself in an apartment with which she was wholly +unacquainted, but the sight of her aunt soon brought to her recollection +the change that had taken place. Mrs. Benson desired her to rise, but +when told to put on her stockings she began to cry, and said that her +maid always did it at home. "But here, my dear," replied Mrs. Benson, +"you must do it yourself, for I make it an invariable rule never to +assist a little girl in any thing she can so easily accomplish by +herself. And I must now tell you Fanny, that you never can have what you +cry for in my house, so be a good girl and do as you are desired." + +Fanny then continued to cry very violently, and would not obey; her +naughty behaviour had no effect upon her aunt, who continued dressing +herself, and when she had finished, went out of the room without +noticing it. Fanny being left alone, and finding that no one attended to +her tears, at length began to dress, and after she had remained quiet +for some time, a servant was sent up to assist her. She then went down +stairs, and when she entered the parlour, her aunt said to her, "I am +sorry you have been so long dressing, because I have breakfasted; the +things are removed, and I cannot suffer them to be brought up again this +morning. I am going out, and if you like to accompany me, I will shew +you the village, and we will visit some of the cottagers who are +employed in making lace, their work, I assure you, is very beautiful." + +Fanny was greatly disappointed at being deprived of her breakfast, but +she fetched her bonnet and followed her aunt. She was quite delighted +with her walk, and on her return to the house was very glad to see a +plate of bread and fruit on the table. After she had eaten as much as +she chose, Mrs. Benson shewed her some pictures, and she remained a +tolerably good girl during the rest of the day. + +The following morning, when Mrs. Benson desired Fanny to read, she was +very naughty, and would not say a letter. "Well," said her aunt, "if you +will not read you shall neither play nor walk, so when I go out I shall +leave you at home." Fanny persisted in her ill-humour, and was therefore +obliged to spend the morning alone, instead of enjoying a pleasant +ramble in the fields. When Mrs. Benson returned, she asked her niece if +she would then try to read, "because," added she "till you have done +so, you may be assured I will grant you no amusement." Fanny perceiving +that her aunt was quite determined to keep her word, at length took up +the book and read as well as she could. Mrs. Benson, pleased with her +compliance, made no allusion to her former obstinacy, but gave her a +pretty sattin pincushion, telling her that if she would try to be a good +child she should love her dearly. + +From this time Fanny began to amend; at first she found it very +difficult to restrain her temper, but the more she tried, the easier she +found the task: and though during the first few months of her residence +at Mrs. Benson's she frequently forgot the good resolutions she had +formed, yet she was always sincerely sorry for her faults, and +endeavoured to make amends by doing whatever she thought would restore +her to her aunt's favour. + +Thus Mrs. Benson had the satisfaction of seeing a child whom she had +formerly known so undutiful and ill-tempered, become by degrees quite +amiable and obliging: the alteration in her was so great, that when at +the end of a year Mrs. Benson carried her to pay a visit to her family, +they could hardly trace any resemblance between Fanny such as she now +was, and the naughty little girl who had given them so much trouble. She +staid in London three weeks, during which time the cloud of ill-humour +scarcely once ruffled her brow. At the end of that time Mrs. Benson +wished to return home, and Fanny begged to accompany her, fearing that +if deprived of her aunt's counsel before her good habits were entirely +fixed, she might relapse into her former errors. + +Several years are now past since these events happened. Fanny has been +constantly improving, she is now the delight of her family, and the +favourite of all who know her. + +Let the history of Fanny teach all little girls that to be _good_ is to +be _happy_! + + * * * * * + +"What an interesting story," said Anne, as she shut the book: "now I +find what a silly thing it is to be naughty, I will always try to be +good." + +_Mrs. Harley._ Do my dear child, and you will be sure of success. It +gives me pleasure to see you so attentive to the instructions contained +in the stories you read. + + +SECOND LESSON. + +_Mrs. Harley._ We talked about letters yesterday: to-day I will explain +figures or numbers to you, the following is a list of them: those +letters which stand for numbers are called _numeral letters_. + + 1 I One + 2 II Two + 3 III Three + 4 IV Four + 5 V Five + 6 VI Six + 7 VII Seven + 8 VIII Eight + 9 IX Nine + 10 X Ten + 11 XI Eleven + 12 XII Twelve + 13 XIII Thirteen + 14 XIV Fourteen + 15 XV Fifteen + 16 XVI Sixteen + 17 XVII Seventeen + 18 XVIII Eighteen + 19 XIX Nineteen + 20 XX Twenty + 21 XXI Twenty-one + 22 XXII Twenty-two + 23 XXIII Twenty-three + 24 XXIV Twenty-four + 25 XXV Twenty-five + 30 XXX Thirty + 36 XXXVI Thirty-six + 40 XL Forty + 47 XLVII Forty-seven + 50 L Fifty + 60 LX Sixty + 70 LXX Seventy + 80 LXXX Eighty + 90 XC Ninety + 100 C One hundred + 200 CC Two hundred + 300 CCC Three hundred + 400 CCCC Four hundred + 500 D Five hundred + 600 DC Six hundred + 700 DCC Seven hundred + 800 DCCC Eight hundred + 900 DCD Nine hundred + 1000 M One thousand + 1100 MC One thousand one hundred + 1500 MD One thousand five hundred + 1812 MDCCCXII One thousand eight hundred and twelve + +In the above list you perceive the numeral letters are I, V, X, L, C, +D, and M; the letter that stands for a smaller sum put before one that +denotes a greater takes so many from it, and that after it adds so many +to it. + +The numbers you learned long ago; but I don't think you know the +numeration table, it will teach you to read any number of figures not +exceeding nine: the last figure on the right hand denotes _units_, or +single figures, the one before that tens, then _hundreds_, _thousands_, +_tens of thousands_, _hundreds of thousands_, _tens of hundreds of +thousands_, _millions_, _tens of millions_, _hundreds of millions_, now +my dear read the following number, 123,456,789. + +_Anne._ One hundred and twenty three millions, four hundred and fifty +six thousand, seven hundred and eighty nine. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Right; it is absolutely necessary to be able to read +figures perfectly, before you can learn arithmetic. + +_Anne._ What is arithmetic, mamma? + +_Mrs. Harley._ The act of numbering, or computing by numbers, my dear. +The four principal rules of arithmetic are addition, subtraction, +multiplication, and division. + +_Anne._ I wish you would explain them to me. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Addition teaches to collect several numbers together in +order to know their total value. The answer to a question in addition +is therefore called the _sum_, _total_, or _amount_; subtraction teaches +to take a less number from a greater, in order to know the remainder. +The answer in subtraction is called the _remainder_, or _difference_. + +Multiplication teaches to find the amount of any given number repeated a +certain number of times. The answer in multiplication is called the +_product_. The three terms made use of in multiplication are, the +multiplicand, or number to be multiplied; the multiplier, or number that +multiplies; and the product or answer, which is the amount of the +multiplicand and multiplier. + +Division teaches to find how often one number is contained in another. +The answer in division is called the _quotient_. The four terms made use +of in division are, the dividend or number to be divided, the divisor, +or number that divides, the quotient or answer which is the number of +times one number is contained in another, and the remainder or what is +left after dividing. + +This explanation of arithmetic must serve you for the present, you shall +learn the multiplication table, and do some sums every day, and when you +are thoroughly acquainted with these rules, we will proceed to the +others. + + + + +_CHAPTER III._ + +SATURDAY. + + +_Mrs. Harley._ Come hither my dear Anne. Your smiling countenance tells +me I may give you a story, so take the book and let us hear the + + +_History of an Orphan._ + +One fine autumnal morning in the year 1789, John and Cicely Wortham, +with their little son Robert, began a long journey into the North of +England. They had hitherto resided at a small village near Abergavenny +in South Wales, and there they would most probably have ended their +days, had not John been informed of the death of a distant relation at +Durham, to whose property he knew himself to be the rightful heir, +though to secure it, he found it necessary to repair thither. Having, +therefore, disposed of his Welsh hut, and converted all his furniture +into money, he removed to London, and after spending a few days there, +secured places on the outside of a stage-coach, which was to convey him +with his family about half way on their journey. + +Their conversation chiefly turned on the friends they had left, and the +hopes of finding as kind ones in the country whither they were going. +Robert was too young to be interested in either the hopes or fears of +his parents; at the age of six months he slept as comfortably on his +mother's red cloak as if he had been placed on a bed of down. + +Towards the close of their second day's journey the sky began to darken, +and a violent storm of hail and rain completely penetrated the cloaths +of our poor travellers. However, as they had been always accustomed to +the inclemency of the weather they did not much mind it, and Cicely, who +was an excellent mother, took care to prevent her boy from feeling any +inconvenience. In this manner they proceeded for several miles, till at +length a large stone in the winding of the road overturned the carriage +and dashed all the outside passengers with violence to the ground. Poor +Cicely was killed on the spot; John had his leg and three of his ribs +broken, but little Robert escaped unhurt. This unfortunate family were +carried to a neighbouring farm-house, a surgeon was sent for who set +John's leg, but all attempts to recover Cicely were fruitless, a +stronger and more powerful hand than that of the surgeon had for ever +closed her eyes! The melancholy intelligence was for some hours +concealed from her husband, but at length he enquired for his wife, and +soon discovered in the mournful countenances of those around him that +she was no more. This fatal news, together with the pain of his leg and +side, so agitated his mind, that his fever increased to a very alarming +degree; and the third day from that on which the accident happened, poor +John Wortham lay a lifeless corpse by the side of his beloved Cicely. + +The humane farmer into whose house they had been carried when the coach +overset, ordered them to be decently buried. Little Robert attended at +their funeral, but was quite unconscious of his loss, though he sadly +cried for that nourishment he would never more receive from the breast +of a mother. + +When the undertaker's bill and other expences were paid, farmer Hodson +found that no more than six guineas remained for the young orphan. The +trunks and pockets of his parents were carefully searched, but no paper +appeared that gave the least information either of the name or residence +of the unfortunate pair. Hodson made every enquiry that seemed most +likely to lead to a discovery of little Robert's remaining relations: he +advertised the circumstance in several papers, but in vain, and he at +length gave up the fruitless search. Though by no means in flourishing +circumstances himself, yet he had not the heart to send the poor orphan +to the parish, and as he had no children of his own, it was agreed, +with his wife's consent, to bring him up as their adopted son. Dame +Hodson took the greatest care of her little nursling, and she had the +satisfaction of seeing his daily improvement in health and good humour. + +As Robert grew in years, he discovered to his kind friends a heart +framed for the reception of every noble and virtuous sentiment: by the +time he attained his twelfth year he was their chief delight, and the +affectionate supporter of their declining years. Time passed on, Hodson +could not labour as he had done, and two bad years, joined to his +infirmities, reduced the family to much distress. Now was the time for +the farmer to reap the reward of his generous compassion to a forlorn +infant. Robert, ever industrious, earned enough with his own hands to +maintain his benefactors. Were they sick, Robert was their nurse--were +they sad, Robert was their comforter--he read to them, cheered their +drooping spirits, and smoothed the pillow of declining years. + +It happened about this time, that a gentleman of the name of Goldworthy, +bought a large estate in the county where farmer Hodson resided; he +heard the story of young Robert, and felt greatly interested for the +whole family. He visited them, and found the accounts that had been +given him were strictly true, and from that time he resolved to be +their friend. Mr. Goldworthy, though master of a large fortune, and +consequently placed above the reach of many misfortunes to which the +more indigent are exposed, yet possessed a heart always alive to the +distresses of others.--He determined with Hodson's consent, to take +charge of young Robert, and fit him for some respectable employment, +where he might have a larger scope for the exercise of his virtues and +more abundant means for gratifying his generous disposition. Hodson with +gratitude accepted Mr. Goldworthy's proposal; but no temptation, however +alluring to his youthful mind, could induce our hero to quit his old and +earliest friends, till Mr. Goldworthy promised to remove them to a +cottage adjoining his own house, where they should be furnished with +every thing necessary to their support. Here they spent many happy +years, and had the heartfelt satisfaction of seeing their beloved boy +grow up a respectable and worthy member of society, a useful assistant +to his benefactor, and a friend to the poor. + + * * * * * + +"Dear mamma," said Anne, "I am quite delighted with farmer Hodson and +his wife: they deserved Mr. Goldworthy's kindness to them, and what a +sweet little boy Robert must have been!" + +_Mrs. Harley._ Yes, my dear, he was an excellent youth, and his good +conduct met its reward in the affection of his friends. I wish you, my +dear child, to be convinced, from this story, that there is no situation +in life, however humble, which does not afford opportunities for +exercising those duties recommended to us by our Saviour.--To feed the +hungry, to clothe the naked, and to comfort the afflicted, is, to a +certain degree, in the power of us all. You may be in a situation that +will enable you to dispense comfort to many; but in relieving strangers, +never forget the duties you owe to your own family; be mild and +submissive when they correct you, obedient to their wishes, attentive to +their instructions, and endeavour by the affectionate gratitude of your +conduct, to repay the many hours of anxious solicitude they must spend +on your account. + +Lift up your heart with gratitude to the great God who made you, and, +when you reflect on the many blessings you enjoy, never, if you do meet +with little disappointments, give way to discontent and murmurings. +Remember, it is easy to be good humoured when every thing happens +agreeably to our wishes: it is only by cheerfully submitting to the +opposition of them that a really good temper is proved. We must now +hasten to our other business, or we shall not have time to finish it +before dinner. + +_Anne._ I am quite ready to attend to you, dear mamma; Grammar, I think, +is to be the subject of our lesson. What is the meaning of the word +Grammar? + + +THIRD LESSON. + +_Mrs. Harley._ The shortest definition I can give you of Grammar, is I +believe, my dear, by saying, that it is the art of speaking and writing +a language correctly. By parts of speech are meant the different kinds +of words of which a language is composed: ours is the English language, +and it contains _nine_ parts of speech, which are, + + The Article, + The Noun or Substantive, + The Pronoun, + The Adjective, + The Verb, + The Adverb, + The Preposition, + The Conjunction, + The Interjection. + +Do you think you can remember their names, Anne. + +_Anne._ I will try do so, mamma. + +_Mrs. Harley._ I will now give you a short explanation of them. An +article is placed before a substantive to limit or determine its +meaning; the articles are _a_, _an_, and _the_; _a_ or _an_ is called +the _indefinite article_, because it does not point out any particular +object: _the_ is called the _definite article_ because it determines +what particular object is meant. Do you understand this explanation, my +dear? + +_Anne._ Perfectly mamma; _a_ man, _an_ orange, mean any man, or any +orange; but _the_ man, _the_ orange, refer to some particular man or +orange. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Quite right, _a_ you perceive is used before a consonant +and _an_ before a vowel. + +A noun is the name of a _person_, _place_, or _thing_. Nouns are divided +into _proper_ and _common_; _proper nouns_ are the names of particular +persons, places, or things, common nouns are the names that belong to +all persons, places or things of the same kind. Give me some examples. + +_Anne._ Anne, Clapham, Limetree, are proper nouns; girl, village, tree, +are common nouns. + +_Mrs. Harley._ _Gender_ is the distinction of sex; there are three +genders, the _masculine_ which denotes the male kind as, a man: the +_feminine_ which denotes the female kind as, a woman: and the _neuter_ +which denotes things without animated life as, a cabbage. + +_Number_ is the distinction of one from many: there are two numbers, the +_singular_ which speaks of one; and the _plural_ which speaks of more +than one. Tell me some nouns with their genders and numbers. + +_Anne._ I know that mamma is a noun of the feminine gender and singular +number; men is a noun masculine and plural; table is neuter and +singular. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Very well. A _Pronoun_ is used to avoid repeating the +noun as, Frederic was good, and _he_ went out. There are four kinds of +pronouns. _Personal pronouns_, as, _I_, _me_; _thou_, _thee_; _he_, +_him_; _she_, _her_; _it_: _we_, _us_; _you_; _they_, _them_. +_Possessive pronouns_ which denote property, as, _my_, _mine_; _thy_, +_thine_; _his_; _her_, _hers_; _its_: _our_, _ours_; _your_, _yours_; +_their_, _theirs_; _whose_, _ones_, and _anothers_. _Relative pronouns_ +which refer to a noun going before or coming after them; they are, +_who_, _whom_, _which_, _what_, and _whether_. _Demonstrative pronouns_ +point out some particular object; they are, _this_, _these_; _that_, and +_those_. + +_Anne._ I don't think I can remember all these words without reading +them over a great many times, but I quite understand the use of the +pronoun, for it would be very awkward to say, Mary played, Mary +laughed, and Mary danced; I ought to say, Mary played, she laughed, and +she danced. + +_Mrs. Harley._ I am pleased with your attention. The _adjective_ +explains the _quality_, _colour_, _form_, _size_, or any other property +of the noun, as, good, blue, square, large. The signification of +adjectives may be increased or diminished, and this is called +_comparison_; there are two degrees of comparison, the comparative, +which increases or diminishes the quality, is formed by adding _er_ to +the adjective in its positive state; the superlative increases or +diminishes the comparative to its last degree, and is formed by adding +_est_ to the adjective in its positive or original state, as long, +longer, longest; short, shorter, shortest. When the adjective consists +of more than two syllables, the comparative and superlative are formed +by prefixing the words more and most to the adjective; as, beautiful, +more beautiful, most beautiful. Some adjectives differ entirely from +these rules in forming their comparison, as, good, better, best; bad, +worse, worst. Now, some examples. + +_Anne._ Fine is an adjective because it is a quality, black because it +is a colour, coarse is an adjective in its positive state, brighter is +the comparative degree, and youngest is the superlative. + +_Mrs. Harley._ A _verb_ is a word which signifies _to be_, _to do_, or +_to suffer_. Verbs are divided into _neuter_, _active_, and _passive_. +Neuter verbs merely signify being, or that kind of action which has no +effect upon any thing beyond the performer, as, _I am_, _I sit_, _I +walk_. (You may distinguish those neuter verbs that seem to imply action +from active verbs by their making a complete sense by themselves, +whereas active verbs always require a noun or pronoun after them to +finish the sense.) + +_Active verbs_, denote action as, I eat, I love, I work. _Passive +verbs_, denote suffering, they are only the _participle passive_ of an +active verb with a tense of the neuter verb _to be_ before it; as, _I am +loved_, _you are dressed_. + +Any word is a verb before which you can place a _noun_, a _pronoun_, or +the word _to_, as _Mary talks_, _he works_, _to be_. The different times +when actions are performed are called _tenses_, there are properly only +three, the present, as _I am_, the past as _I was_, and the future as _I +shall be_; but these are subdivided into others; and there are a great +many other things relating to verbs, which you shall learn when you are +a little older. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma, I believe I understand all that you have told +me about verbs, except the meaning of _participle passive_. + +_Mrs. Harley._ A _participle passive_, my dear, is that part of a verb +which follows a tense of either of the verbs _to have_, or _to be_. +Some people consider it a distinct part of speech. + +_Adverbs_ denote _time_, _place_, _manner_, and _quantity_; therefore +you may always know them by recollecting their meaning: _to-day_, +_there_, _prettily_, _much_, are adverbs. + +Prepositions serve to connect words with one another and to shew the +relation between them. They require some word after them to complete the +sense; as, come _to_ me, _up_, _down_, _to_, _from_, _for_, are +prepositions. + +Conjunctions join words and sentences together, as you _and_ I are +going, _but_ she stays at home. + +Interjections express some emotion of the mind as, Alas! Oh! Ah! + +I am afraid, my dear, you are quite tired of this long lesson, but I +don't expect you to remember all I have told you; we will talk over a +_very_ small portion of it every day, and then in time you will be able +to tell me what part of speech any word is that I may ask you.--I will +give you a little example to shew you what I mean and then you shall run +away. + +The rose in your nosegay was very beautiful a little while ago; but +alas! it is now quite dead! + +_The_, an article definite--_rose_, a substantive, neuter gender, +singular number--_in_, a preposition--_your_, a possessive +pronoun--_nosegay_, a substantive--_was_, a verb neuter past +tense--_very_, an adverb--_beautiful_, an adjective--_a_, an article +indefinite--_little_, an adjective--_while_, a substantive--_ago_, an +adverb--_but_, a conjunction--_alas!_, an interjection--_it_, a personal +pronoun neuter gender--_is_, a verb--_now_, an adverb--_quite_, an +adverb,--_dead_, a verb, participle passive. + + * * * * * + +Children might soon understand that a case in grammar signifies the +different terminations of nouns and pronouns. A noun has two cases, the +nominative which simply names the object: it generally precedes the +verb, and answers to the questions who? which? what? The genitive +denotes possession and is formed by adding an apostrophe, and the letter +_s_ to the nominative; it answers to the question whose? When the +plural nominative ends in _s_ the apostrophe only is added: ex. _Anne_ +plays. Who? Anne.--_Mary's_ gown. Whose? _Mary's._--_Birds'_ feathers. +Whose? _Birds'._ + +A personal pronoun has two cases the _nominative_ and the _objective_. +The nominative precedes the verb, and requires it to be of the same +person and number as itself; it answers to the questions, who? which? +what? The objective follows the verb, and answers to the question whom? +ex. _I_ dance, who? _I._--We love _her_, whom? _her._ + + SINGULAR. PLURAL. + + _Nom._ _Objec._ _Nom._ _Objec._ + I Me We Us + Thou Thee You You + He Him They Them + She Her + It It + +The accusative case of the relative pronoun _who_ is _whom_. + + + + +_CHAPTER IV_ + +SUNDAY. + + +_Mrs. Harley._ Come hither, my love: you know that to-day is called +_Sunday_, and is set apart for the observance of _religious_ duties. + +You have read in the Bible that God created the heavens, the earth, the +sea, and all that therein is, in the space of six days, that he rested +on the seventh, and called that day holy, ordering his people so to +observe it, and to abstain from every kind of labour throughout its +duration. Therefore, the Jews, to whom this commandment was originally +given, keep their sabbath on Saturday, the last day in the week; but +Christians, who have been taught the blessed religion of Jesus, begin +the week with praising God. No command for changing the day of worship +seems ever to have been given, either by our Saviour or the apostles; +but we know that it was the custom of the earliest Christians, even +during our Lord's time, to meet together on the first day of the week +for the purpose of holding religious assemblies; and all nations which +have embraced the religion of the New Testament have adhered to this +practice. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma. Will you now perform your promise of giving +me a new morning and evening prayer? + +_Mrs. Harley._ In the evening I will, my dear; but at present, I wish to +give you a short account of the contents of the books contained in the +sacred volumes. As yet you have only read detached parts of them, and +before you proceed to a more general perusal, it may be useful to have +some distinct idea of the whole. The account I shall give you I have +chiefly extracted from Dr. Prettyman's Elements of Christian Theology. + +All the books of the Bible were originally written in Hebrew, excepting +a few passages towards the conclusion of the volume, which appear in +the Chaldee tongue. The English translation used in all our churches was +begun and completed in the reign of James the first. + +The five first books of the Bible are, Genesis, which begins with an +account of the creation of the world, and ends with the death of Joseph. + +Exodus, which relates the departure of the Israelites out of Egypt; +their bondage in that country, deliverance by Moses, and the +promulgation of the law. + +Leviticus, which describes the offices and duties of the Levites and +priests. + +Numbers, which contains an account of the numbering of the people in the +wilderness when a very miraculous increase was found to have taken +place since the arrival of Jacob and his family in Egypt. + +Deuteronomy, which contains a repetition of the civil and moral law, and +ends with the death of Moses. These five books are called the +Pentateuch, and were written by Moses. They contain the history of 2552 +years and a half. + +Joshua, contains an account of the conquest and division of Canaan among +the twelve tribes, and ends with the death of Joshua. This book is +supposed to have been written by himself, excepting the last few verses, +which were added by one of his successors. + +Judges gives an account of the Jewish history from the death of Moses +to that of Sampson. It was most probably written by Samuel. + +Ruth contains the history of the person of that name, a native of Moab: +she married Boaz an Israelite, and was the great grandmother of David. +This book is generally ascribed to Samuel. The first book of Samuel +completes the government of the Judges, and relates the appointment of +Saul to be king of Israel, the rejection of his family, and the +anointing of David. + +The second book of Samuel continues the history of David after the death +of Saul. Most probably, Samuel wrote the first 24 chapters of the first +book, and the prophets Gad and Nathan the remainder of it, and all the +second. + +The first book of Kings commences with an account of the death of +David, and continues to that of Jehosaphat. + +The second book of Kings continues the history of the kings of Judah and +Israel to the destruction of the city and temple of Jerusalem by +Nebuchadnezzar. These books were probably compiled by Ezra, from the +records which were kept both at Jerusalem and Samaria of all public +transactions. + +The two books of Chronicles contain a great many genealogical tables, +and various circumstances omitted in the other historical books of +Scripture. + +Ezra, continues the Jewish history from the edict of Cyrus (which +permitted the Jews to return to their own land, and rebuild their +temple,) to the reform effected among them, by Ezra and Nehemiah. Ezra +wrote part of this book in Chaldee. + +Nehemiah gives an account of his own appointment to the government of +Judea, and his administration to the year of the world 3595, at which +period the scripture history closes. + +Esther, contains the history of a Jewish captive of that name, who by +her good qualities gained the affections of Ahasuerus, and was by him +raised to the throne of Persia. It is supposed that by Ahasuerus is +meant Artaxerxes Longimanus. There is great diversity of opinion +concerning the author of this book; it has been ascribed to Ezra, to +Mordecai, and to the joint labours of the great synagogue. + +Job, contains the history of a man remarkable for his piety and +patience, under severe afflictions. The author of this book is very +uncertain. Some ascribe it to Moses, others to Job himself. + +The Psalms, are a collection of hymns in praise of God, written by +different persons, but as the greater part of them was composed by +David, they are generally called the Psalms of David. + +The Proverbs, are a collection of short sentences, written by Solomon, +in which much excellent advice is contained. + +Ecclesiastes, is supposed to have been written by Solomon, after he +repented of the idolatry and sin into which he fell, towards the close +of his life, and with the design to point out the vanity of worldly +pursuits, in order to induce men to prepare for that state, where there +will be no vanity nor vexation of spirit. + +The Song of Solomon, is a pastoral dialogue, supposed to have been +written by him, upon his marriage with the daughter of Pharoah. + +It is universally allowed that the 16 Prophetical Books, and the +Lamentations of Jeremiah, which describe the desolation of Judah, during +the Babylonian captivity, and prophecy the still greater misfortunes to +be suffered at a future time, were written by the persons whose names +they bear. + +The four great prophets were, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, and +Daniel.--The twelve minor prophets were, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, +Jonah, Micah, Nahum, Habbakuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah, and +Malachi. + +The books of the New Testament were all originally written in Greek; +except St. Matthew's Gospel, and St. Paul's Epistle to the Hebrews, +which many commentators suppose to have been originally composed in +Hebrew, and then immediately translated into Greek; but opinions in this +respect are much divided. + +The Four Gospels, written by Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John, give an +account of the life, ministry, death, and resurrection of our Saviour. + +The Acts of the Apostles written by Luke, gives an historical account of +the progress of Christianity after our Saviour's ascension. The latter +part of the book is confined to the history of Saint Paul, of whom St. +Luke was the constant companion for many years. + +Of the fourteen Epistles ascribed to St. Paul, viz. Romans, 1 and 2 to +the Corinthians, Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, 1 and 2 +to the Thessalonians, 1 and 2 to Timothy, Titus, Philemon, and Hebrews, +the first thirteen have, in all ages of the Church, been universally +acknowledged to be written by him. Many doubts have been entertained +concerning the author of the Epistle to the Hebrews. St. Paul was born +at Tarsus the principal city of Cilicia in Asia Minor, and was by birth +both a Jew and a citizen of Rome. St. Paul is not mentioned in the +Gospels, nor is it known whether he ever heard our Saviour preach. His +name is first noticed in the account of St. Stephen's Martyrdom, which +was followed by a severe persecution of the Church at Jerusalem, in +which St. Paul, (who was then called Saul) distinguished himself among +its enemies, by his activity and violence. He was going to Damascus, to +bring back bound any Christians whom he might find there, when his +miraculous conversion took place: after which, he became one of the most +zealous preachers of the Gospel; and as he devoted much of his time to +the instruction of the Gentiles, he is called the _Apostle of the +Gentiles_. Gentiles, was the appellation by which all nations were +distinguished, that were not Jews, and consequently the Gentiles were +Pagans. St. Paul performed many voyages and journies in the service of +the Christian religion, and the New Testament history closes A. D. 63, +with his release from a two years imprisonment at Rome; no ancient +author has left any particulars of the remaining part of this Apostle's +life. + +The Epistle of St. James was written by that Apostle, who is called +James the Less, the son of Alphæus or Cleophat, which are supposed to +be the same name, differently written. It contains much excellent +instruction. + +The two Epistles of St. Peter, were written by that Apostle, who enjoyed +the favour of his divine master, in a peculiar degree. St. Peter seems +to have been almost the constant companion of our Lord, and was +extremely zealous in propagating his religion, though he was +occasionally led into great errors, particularly the denial of his +master, but his bitter remorse and repentance, prove that his sorrow for +this crime was sincere. He admitted Cornelius, the first Gentile +convert, into the Christian faith, but as the chief of his instructions +were confined to the Jews, he is called the apostle of the Jews. + +The three Epistles of St. John, were written by the apostle who was +favoured with the greatest share of our Saviour's affection. He leaned +on his bosom at the last supper, and was one of the first who were made +acquainted with his resurrection. + +The Epistle of St. Jude was written by the apostle, who was also called +Lebbæus and Thaddæus, he was the brother of James the Less, and +excepting in the catalogue of the apostles, is only once mentioned in +the Gospels. (John chap. 14, verse 22). + +The Revelation of John the divine, was written by the same Evangelist +and Apostle who wrote the Gospels and Epistles bearing that name. The +Revelation is a prophetical book, and was written by St. John, during +his banishment to the isle of Patmos, in the time of Domitian. St. John +is supposed to have been the youngest of the Apostles, and to have +survived all the rest. He died at Ephesus in Asia Minor, in the third +year of the emperor Trajan's reign, A. D. 100.--The Apostles were twelve +good men, whom Jesus chose to be the ministers of his gospel. They were +entrusted with the power of working miracles: and their names were, +Simon Peter, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, Andrew, +Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphæus (called +also James the Less,) Thaddeus whose sirname was Jude, Simon the +Canaanite, and Judas Iscariot.--After the death of Judas Iscariot who +betrayed our Saviour, Matthias was chosen in his stead. + +The Disciples of Christ, were those who learned of him as their master. + +Thus, my dear, I have given you a short account of all the books +contained in the sacred volumes. I will now mention to you, a few of the +principal Jewish sects, and then proceed to some description of the +history of that people. + +There does not appear to have been any difference of religious opinions +among the Jews, till after the cessation of prophecy: most of them +sprang up, subsequent to the return from the Babylonian captivity. + +The Scribes are not usually considered as a religious sect: they were +writers of the law, and often perverted the meaning of the text, instead +of explaining it. "Scribes," "doctors of the law," and "lawyers," were +only different names for the same class of men. + +The Pharisees believed in the immortality of the soul, the resurrection +of the dead, and in a future state of rewards and punishments. "Trusting +in themselves that they were righteous," they despised the rest of +mankind, were entirely destitute of humility towards God, and paid more +attention to outward ceremonies than to the duties of moral virtue. + +The Sadducees denied the resurrection of the dead, and the immortality +of the soul; therefore, confining all their hopes to this present world, +they devoted themselves to its pleasures, and only punished the crimes +which disturbed the public tranquillity. + +The Nazarites, of whom we read in the Old and New Testament, were +persons either devoted to God by their parents, or who devoted +themselves for life, or for a limited time. The only three instances of +Nazarites devoted to God by their parents before their birth, are +Sampson, Samuel, and John the Baptist. + +The Herodians were partizans of Herod the Great. + +The Galileans, so called from their leader Judas of Galilee, were a very +turbulent and seditious sect, and by degrees united to themselves almost +all the other sects. + +The Publicans were not of any sect, civil or religious, but merely +tax-gatherers, and collectors of customs due to the Romans. The +Publicans were generally Jews, and by their employment were rendered +odious to their brethren. + +Proselytes were those persons, who being Gentiles by birth, came over to +the Jewish religion, but retained that name, till they were admitted +into the congregation of the Lord, as adopted children. + +The land of Canaan, so named from Canaan the son of Ham, whose +posterity possessed this land, as well as Egypt or Mizraim, lies in the +western part of Asia. Its boundaries were to the north, Coelo Syria; +to the west, the Mediterranean Sea; to the east, Arabia Deserta; and to +the south and south west, Arabia Petrea and Egypt. Its extent was about +200 miles from north to south, and its breadth 100.--It was divided into +two parts, by the river Jordan; the capital was Jerusalem, (supposed to +have been the Salem of Melchisedek.) The whole country was also called +Palestine from the Philistines, who inhabiting the western coast, were +first known to the Romans, and being by them corruptly called +Palestines, gave that name to the country; but it was more commonly +called Judea, as the land of the Jews. Since our Saviour's advent it has +been called the Holy land, but in modern writers, all distinction is +frequently lost in the name of Syria, which is given to the whole +country east of the Mediterranean, between the sea and the desert. + + * * * * * + +The government of the Jews partook of the patriarchal form, as much as +was consistent with the condition and circumstances of a nation. + +The leaders or princes of the 12 tribes, possessed a peculiar and +supreme authority over each tribe, as their chief magistrate and leader +in time of war. + +The elders or rulers of cities, only exercised authority in their own +respective cities, and as well as the princes were subject to the great +council. + +The Sanhedrim or great national council of the Jews was established by +Moses: it consisted of 70 persons, besides the president, who after the +time of Moses was usually the High Priest. + + * * * * * + +The Septuagint is a Greek translation of the Bible, made at Alexandria, +when Ptolemy Philadelphus was king of Egypt. It is often signified in +books by "the LXX." + +The Vulgate was a very ancient version of the Bible in Latin. + +The Bible commences with an account of the creation of the world, 4004 +B. C., the history of our first parents, their deviation from virtue, +and the evil consequences that ensued. To Adam and Eve were born sons +and daughters. The only three mentioned by name, are Cain, Abel and +Seth, and the sacred historian has chiefly confined himself to the +posterity of Seth, from whom Noah descended: in his time mankind became +very wicked, and to punish them, God sent a violent rain upon the earth +which caused a general deluge, and all the inhabitants of the world were +drowned, except Noah, his wife, their three sons, Shem, Ham, and +Japhet, and their wives, and a few animals of every kind. The +descendants of Noah and his sons multiplied greatly, and "they were all +of one language," after a time the whole race of men moved from their +original habitations in Armenia, and settled in the plains of Shinar +near the Euphrates. Here they determined to establish themselves, and +build a tower whose top might reach the heavens. God was displeased with +this work, which seems to have been undertaken in defiance of his power, +and he confounded the language of those who were engaged in it. This +obliged them to discontinue their labour; they soon after dispersed, and +the different parts of the world became inhabited. + +Terah the father of Abraham was a descendant of Shem; he settled with +his family in Haran in Mesopotamia, where he died: God soon after +commanded Abraham to remove with his wife Sarah into the land of Canaan, +and here when they were far advanced in age, their son Isaac was born. +God made many remarkable promises to Abraham, and one of them was, "that +in him all the families of the earth should be blessed." This was a +declaration that the Messiah should be a descendant of Abraham. To make +trial of his obedience, God ordered him to offer up Isaac, as a burnt +offering on Mount Moriah, but just as he was going to slay him, an +angel of the Lord appeared, and told him not to touch the lad, but to +take a ram and offer it up in his stead. It was upon this mountain that +Solomon's temple was afterwards built and here our Saviour was +crucified, the mountain being then called Calvary. + +Isaac married Rebekah, and had two sons, Esau and Jacob. Jacob though +the younger obtained the rights of primogeniture; he also procured his +father's blessing by very unjustifiable means; and then repaired to +Padan-aram to take a wife out of his own family. He married Leah and +Rachel, and had twelve sons, who were called the twelve Patriarchs or +fathers of the 12 tribes of Israel, their names were, Reuben, Simeon, +Levi, Judah, Dan, Naphthali, Gad, Asher, Issachar, Zabulon, Joseph and +Benjamin. They were all born in Padan-aram; but Jacob returned to Canaan +before his father's death. Joseph was the favourite son of Jacob; on +which account his brethren hated him, and at length sold him to some +Ishmaelites, who were merchants, and the descendants of Ishmael a son of +Abraham; these Ishmaelites carried Joseph into Egypt, where he became a +slave to Potiphar, the chief officer under the king. His good conduct +soon gained the esteem and confidence of his master, but the wickedness +of Potiphar's wife caused him to be thrown into prison. He was released +from this confinement, in order to interpret two dreams of Pharoah's. +God enabled him to discover that they predicted seven years of plenty +which would be followed by seven years of famine; and the wise advice +Joseph gave the king on this subject, induced the monarch to raise him +to a very high office in his kingdom, and entrust to him the whole care +of collecting and managing the corn. This famine was severely felt in +Canaan, and Jacob sent his sons into Egypt to purchase corn. Joseph +recognised his brethren, and after putting them to several trials, for +the purpose of making them properly sensible of their former cruel +conduct, he discovered himself to them in a very affectionate manner; +he enquired concerning his father, and when he found the old man was +still alive, he desired his brothers to fetch him, and their families +out of Canaan. Jacob who had bitterly wept the loss of his favourite +son, whom he believed from the accounts of his other children to have +been devoured by a wild beast, rejoiced when he heard of his safety, and +desired to go to Egypt to see him before he died. Pharoah gave Joseph's +family the land of Goshen for their residence; and during his reign, the +Hebrews were held in great estimation. The descendants of Jacob +multiplied to so great a degree, that about sixty years after the death +of Joseph, the king who then reigned over Egypt became jealous of their +numbers, and endeavoured to check their increase by slaying the infants, +and reducing the parents to a state of slavery. They suffered many +hardships during several years, but at length God was pleased to deliver +them in a miraculous manner by the hand of Moses, who would soon have +conducted them into the promised land, had not their disobedience and +perverseness brought upon them the punishment of a forty years' +wandering in the wilderness. During this time, God commanded Moses to +deliver his laws to the people of Israel. Aaron the brother of Moses was +made High Priest, and to him was committed the superintendance of +religious ceremonies. + +Neither Moses nor Aaron were permitted to enter the promised land on +account of their disobedience to a command of God; and they both died in +the wilderness during the last year of their wandering. Joshua was +appointed to succeed Moses in the important office of leader of the +people, God promised him his support, and when all things were prepared, +he led the Israelites to the banks of the river Jordan: as soon as their +feet touched the water, the current was stopped, the river became dry +ground, and the people entered the country opposite to the city of +Jericho, which was taken in a miraculous manner. + +Some time after Joshua's death, Judges were appointed to govern Israel: +they were 12 in number and their government lasted rather more than 300 +years. Othniel was the first of the Judges, and Samuel the last. In his +time the people desired to have a king like other nations, and God +commanded him to anoint Saul of the tribe of Benjamin 1095 years B. C., +to be the first king of Israel. Johim succeeded David of the tribe of +Judah, and at his death the throne devolved to his son Solomon, who +built a temple to the name of the "Lord his God;" in it were deposited +the ark--the holy Scriptures, and other sacred things.--Solomon was +succeeded by his son Rehoboam, the folly and wickedness of whose conduct +induced ten of the tribes to revolt, and they chose Jeroboam one of his +officers for their king. The two tribes that remained faithful to +Rehoboam were Judah and Benjamin. Rehoboam's kingdom was called Judah, +and the capital of it was Jerusalem. Jeroboam's kingdom was named Israel +and its chief city was Samaria. + +Jeroboam was succeeded by his son Nadab; and after he had reigned two +years, he was killed by Baasha, who usurped the crown and destroyed the +whole race of Jeroboam, a man remarkable for his impiety.--All the +succeeding kings of Judah were descendants of Rehoboam, which fulfilled +the promise made by God to David, that he would "establish his house and +the throne of his kingdom for ever:" this was a declaration that the +Messiah was to be a descendant of David. + +There were frequent wars between the kings of Judah and Israel, and +between them and the neighbouring kings,--the kings and people both of +Judah and Israel, soon fell into the greatest depravity; and at length +God suffered Shalmaneser king of Assyria, by the capture of Samaria in +the reign of Hoshea, to put an end to the kingdom of Israel 721 years +B. C. and about 250 years after its first establishment into a separate +kingdom. And 606 years B. C. and about 115 years after the destruction +of the kingdom of Israel, God permitted Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, +to invade Judea in the reign of Jehoiakim, and to besiege and take +Jerusalem. Jehoiakim was carried prisoner to Babylon, though afterwards +restored to his kingdom, and succeeded by two other kings, yet, from +this period may be dated the commencement of the Babylonian captivity, +which according to the prediction of Jeremiah was to last 70 years. When +this time was completed, Cyrus, under whom were united the kingdoms of +Persia, Media, and Babylon, permitted the Jews to return to their own +land, and rebuild their temple at Jerusalem. + +They were conducted by Zerubbabel the grandson of Jeconias, and Joshua +the son of Josedec the high priest. The second temple was finished in +the reign of king Darius of Persia. + +The settlement of the people "after their old estate," together with the +arrangement of all civil and ecclesiastical matters, were completed by +Ezra and Nehemiah. + +At the period, about 430 years B. C. the Scripture history closes, and +for the remaining particulars of the Jewish history recourse must be had +to uninspired writers, particularly to the books of the Maccabees and to +Josephus. + +Judea continued subject to Persia until Alexander conquered that +country; it then fell under his dominion and he treated the Jews with +great lenity. After the conqueror's death, Judea became subject to his +successors, till Mattathias, a priest eminent for his piety and +resolution, encouraged the people to shake off the Syrian yoke. +Mattathias died before this was effected, but his son Judas Maccabeus +completed the deliverance of his country, and the government of Judea +remained in his family till the time of Herod the great, who put an end +to the administration of the Maccabees or Armenians, and prevailed upon +the Roman senate to appoint him king of Judea. + +It was in the thirty sixth year of the reign of Herod, and while +Augustus was Emperor of Rome that our Saviour Jesus Christ was born, +four years before the common æra. + +Herod was a cruel tyrant to his people, and even to his own children: +but to keep the Jews in subjection, and to erect a lasting monument to +his own name, he repaired the temple at Jerusalem, and considerably +enlarged the kingdom of Judea. + +At his death, the countries over which he had reigned were divided among +his three sons, but they were not allowed to take the title of kings; +they were called ethnarchs or tetrarchs. Archelaus one of Herod's sons, +acting with great cruelty and injustice, was, by order of Augustus, +banished to Vienne in Gaul, where he died. His dominions were then +reduced to a Roman province, and from this time the Jews possessed but +little civil authority. Justice was administered in the name and by the +laws of Rome, and taxes were paid immediately to the emperor. Several of +the Roman governors severely oppressed and persecuted the Jews, and at +length, in the reign of Nero they openly revolted from the Romans. Then +began the Jewish war, which was terminated after an obstinate defence +and unparalleled suffering, on the part of the Jews, by the total +destruction of the city and temple of Jerusalem, by Titus son of +Vespasian the Roman emperor. Since that time the Jews have no where +subsisted as a nation. + +Though I have endeavoured, my dear, to give you as brief an account as +possible of the Jewish history, yet the subject is so interesting, that +I perceive it has already occupied a much longer time than I at first +intended. The history of our Saviour's ministry and the Acts of the +Apostles we must therefore defer to a future opportunity: though I +hardly know if these subjects require any elucidation; the facts in the +New Testament being recorded in so clear a manner by the Evangelists +themselves, that I think they must be intelligible even to your +apprehension. + +I hope you will perceive that I have mentioned but very slightly some of +the most interesting and important events, purposely to induce you to +seek a more detailed account of them in the sacred volume itself. This +inestimable treasure will I am sure furnish the most agreeable topic of +many of our future conversations. You, my dear, have never been taught +to consider religion as a dry and difficult study, but rather as a means +of adding to the cheerful enjoyment of the many blessings bestowed upon +you by the almighty giver of all good, and I trust the gratitude and +piety of your future life will prove you worthy of being called a +disciple of the benevolent Jesus. + +_Anne._ Indeed, mamma, I feel the truth of what you say, and I will +endeavour to act as you wish me.--I am sure I shall have much more +pleasure in reading those parts of the Bible you think proper for me, +now I have some connected idea of the whole. + +_Mrs. Harley._ I believe you will. But good bye, my love, for the +present: when you go to bed you will find the prayers you asked for on +my table; there are besides two hymns which I have selected from an +admirable collection. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma, I will learn to repeat them. + + +_A Morning Prayer for a Child._ + +O Almighty God, the Father and Preserver of all mankind! I desire to +offer thee my sincerest thanks that I am arisen this morning in health +and safety. May I spend the day on which I am now entered in +endeavouring to do thy will: let me carefully avoid all that I know to +be displeasing in thy sight, and diligently apply myself to perform all +the good in my power. May I keep a strict watch over my lips and temper, +and try to live in peace with those around me. Grant thy protection and +blessing to my relations and friends; if it should please thee to +preserve us through this day, may the close of it find us more worthy of +again addressing thee through Jesus Christ, + +Our Father, &c. + + +_An Evening Prayer._ + +Almighty and Merciful God! at the close of another day which thou hast +graciously permitted me to spend in the enjoyment of many blessings, I +would return thee humble thanksgivings from a grateful heart. Conscious +of the many errors I am continually committing, I would earnestly +implore thy pardon for whatsoever has been amiss in my conduct this day. +Forgive me, O Lord, every foolish and angry word I have spoken, every +perverse thought I have indulged, all I have done that I ought not to +have done, and all I have left undone that I ought to have done. O may I +truly repent of these my past faults, and strive to amend my future +life. Bless my relations and friends; pardon all their past +transgressions, and if it please thee to preserve us through the night, +may we arise in the morning to do thy will. Above all the other +blessings thou hast granted me, I would value that of having become +early acquainted with the religion of Jesus. May his example be my +guide, and, with a thankful remembrance of all he did and suffered for +our sakes, I sum up my petitions for the whole human race in the prayer +himself taught us, saying, + +Our Father, &c. + + + A MORNING HYMN. + + Lord of my life! O may thy praise + Employ my noblest powers. + Whose goodness lengthens out my days, + And fills the circling hours! + + Preserved by thine almighty arm, + I pass the shades of night, + Serene, and safe from every harm, + And see returning light. + + While many spent the night in sighs, + And restless pains and woes; + In gentle sleep I clos'd my eyes, + And undisturb'd repose. + + When sleep, death's semblance o'er me spread, + And I unconscious lay, + Thy watchful care was round my bed, + To guard my feeble clay. + + O let the same almighty care + My waking hours attend; + From every danger, every snare, + My heedless steps defend. + + Smile on my minutes as they roll, + And guide my future days; + And let thy goodness fill my soul + With gratitude and praise. + + + AN EVENING HYMN. + + Great God! to thee my ev'ning song, + With humble gratitude, I raise; + O let thy mercy tune my tongue, + And fill my heart with lively praise? + + My days unclouded, as they pass, + And ev'ry gently rolling hour, + Are monuments of wond'rous grace, + And witness to thy love and power. + + Thy love and power, celestial guard, + Preserve me from surrounding harms: + Can danger reach me, while the Lord + Extends his kind protecting arms? + + Let cheering hope my eyelids close, + With sleep refresh my feeble frame, + Safe in thy care may I repose, + And wake with praises to thy name. + + + + +_CHAPTER V._ + +MONDAY. + + +_Mrs. Harley._ The story you are to read this morning, my dear, is +founded upon facts which come within my own observation. I dare say you +have frequently heard the French Revolution spoken of: it was this event +which gave rise to the incidents contained in + + +_The History of the Melcour Family._ + +Mr. de Melcour was the son of a younger branch of a good family; his +father died when he was quite a child, and left him but a small +patrimony. He early entered the army, where for many years he served +his country with honour and fidelity: he was present in several +engagements, and by his bravery and exemplary conduct, acquired the +esteem of all his fellow officers. During the peace which followed the +American war he married an amiable lady, whose fortune united to his +own, enabled him to quit the noisy scenes of a military life, and settle +on a beautiful little estate he purchased in the province of Gascony. +Here he enjoyed all the happiness which a good conscience, a good +temper, and a feeling heart can bestow, joined to the blessings of +domestic peace. Madame de Melcour spent her time in the bosom of her +family; she had little taste for the dissipation of the capital, and +possessing only a limited income, had she indulged herself in expensive +pleasures, she must have foregone the higher satisfaction of +contributing to the comfort of those in less fortunate circumstances. +She had profited by the excellent education her parents had been careful +to give her, and this enabled her to bring up her own children with +little assistance from others. Frederic and Elizabeth were the happiest +little boy and girl in the neighbourhood: they tenderly loved their +parents, and feeling the necessity of doing their duty, it became quite +habitual to them. The little faults natural to childhood they were +conscious would not be punished with severity, and their good actions +they knew would never pass unrewarded. Frederic employed much of his +time in working in a little garden that his father had given him: +Elizabeth assisted in the management of the flowers, and their highest +ambition was to present their mamma with a nosegay of roses, before any +were blown in the _great_ garden. + +Thus happily passed many years at Melcour; when the troubles attendant +on the revolution came to disturb the tranquillity of their domestic +enjoyment. M. de Melcour was called upon to resume a military command; +and though he disapproved of many of the measures that had been pursued +by the government, yet, when he saw his sovereign in distress, he would +not withhold his aid. He was particularly active in endeavouring to put +a stop to the devastation caused by a misguided populace; and in a fray +between some peasants and soldiers, he fell a victim to his benevolent +exertions in the cause of humanity. + +The sad news was brought to Madame de Melcour just as she was recovering +from the bed of sickness; her constitution already much weakened, was +unable to support the fatal shock, and she soon after closed her eyes +for ever in the arms of her beloved children. + +At this period, Frederic was just fifteen, his sister two years younger; +they were left without any protector but an aged grandmother, who had +constantly resided with her daughter since the marriage of the latter +with M. de Melcour. Already suffering from the infirmities of age, +Madame de Joinville felt herself unable to resist the persecutions of +ill-disposed persons, and in the course of a few months found it +necessary to leave the chateau. It was her intention to retire with her +grandchildren into England, the country where she had spent much of the +early part of her life, and where she still hoped to discover some of +her former friends. Accordingly, having settled her affairs as well as +the distracted state of the nation would permit, and, accompanied by +Frederic and Elizabeth, she proceeded to the nearest seaport. They +encountered many difficulties on the road, but at length, through +Frederic's activity, succeeded in securing their passage in a vessel +that was on the point of sailing for England. + +Madame de Joinville suffered extremely from the fatigues and anxieties +she had lately undergone, and on their arrival at ---- it was found +necessary to remain there a few days in order to recruit her exhausted +strength. + +As soon as Madame de Joinville was sufficiently recovered, they +hastened to London, where, by the assistance of some friends, a small +house was hired for their reception. The expences of a long journey had +much diminished the sum Madame de Joinville had collected before her +departure from France, and the most rigid economy was necessary to +prevent them from becoming burthensome to others. In these +circumstances, Frederic could not bear the idea of leading an idle life; +he greatly wished to follow the profession of his father, but the +anxious fears of his grandmother and sister long opposed his +inclinations: however, he at length prevailed, and entered a regiment +that was ordered on foreign service. The parting between Elizabeth and +Frederic was a melancholy scene: she was long inconsolable for his loss, +but religion, which she had always been taught to consider as the best +comforter of the afflicted, came to her aid, and feeling the necessity +of submission, she determined by active exertions to divert her mind +from past calamities. + +It was now that Elizabeth felt the inestimable advantages of _a good +education_; she perfectly understood the English language; her industry +and punctuality procured her many friends, who, young as she was, +entrusted her with the translation of papers of consequence, and the +reward she received for her labour, greatly contributed to the support +of the family. Every instant she could spare from her employment and the +care of their domestic affairs, was devoted to her grandmother. She +nursed her when sick, read aloud for her amusement, and by every kind +attention endeavoured to lessen her regret for the blessings she had +lost. Madame de Joinville has often been heard to declare, that without +the filial affection of her granddaughter she could hardly have +supported her afflictions. The infirmities of age must sometimes render +those advanced in years petulant and capricious: Elizabeth never +murmured when her endeavours to please failed of success; much less did +she irritate her grandmother by contradiction; she patiently submitted +to these trials of her temper, and when evening came, and Madame de +Joinville retired to rest, Elizabeth thought herself amply repaid for +any little disappointments she had encountered during the day, by +receiving her blessing and the assurance of her tenderest love. + +Frederic remained two years abroad; whatever he could spare from his own +actual wants he constantly remitted to his sister; but without her +industry they would often have been greatly distressed. At length +Elizabeth's noble and pious conduct was made known to a lady who had +formerly been an intimate acquaintance of Madame de Joinville's family. +Her visits to the old lady gave her constant opportunities of witnessing +the amiable disposition of her granddaughter; and anxious to reward her +virtues, she interested herself so warmly in their concerns, that at +length, through the intercession of some powerful friends, a restitution +of part of M. de Melcour's property was procured for his children. +Elizabeth when in happier circumstances preserved the same humility of +mind, and her never failing attention to her grandmother was rewarded by +the pleasure of seeing the comforts of her last days make amends for the +sorrows that had embittered so many of her former ones. + +Frederic arrived in England soon after this happy change in their +circumstances; he would have wished his sister to return to their +native country, but the inconvenience of removing her grandmother, and +the still unquiet state of the continent, induced her to prefer a +residence in that land where she was secured from the horrors she had +once witnessed. Frederic yielded to her reasons; and when their affairs +obliged him to leave her, a constant correspondence maintained the +affection that had always subsisted from their earliest years. + + * * * * * + +"Dear mamma," said Anne, "I think I like Elizabeth better than any of +the young people I have yet read about, but do you really believe there +ever was so good a character?" + +_Mrs. Harley._ Certainly, my dear; and I have no doubt but many such are +to be found. They must be depraved indeed, who can be wanting in +affection to their parents. But I fear we must not comment a great deal +on this story at present, or there will not be time to give you some +account of _Geography_, which I intend for your study this morning. + +_Anne._ I will then, mamma, after dinner, ask you to explain to me a few +of the words I did not quite understand. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Do, my dear, I shall be happy to give you all the +information you desire. + + +FOURTH LESSON. + +_Mrs. Harley._ You know, my dear, what is meant by Geography? + +_Anne._ O yes, mamma, Geography is a description of the earth we +inhabit. + +_Mrs. Harley._ And the earth (which the globe before us represents,) is +divided into four parts, viz. Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. The +three first are contained in the eastern hemisphere, and are called the +old world. America is situated in the western hemisphere, and is called +the new world, because discovered in modern times. + +_Anne._ Pray, mamma, is not a continent one of the divisions of the +land? + +_Mrs. Harley._ Yes, my dear; for after we have divided the whole globe +into land and water, we again subdivide the land into Continents, +Islands, Peninsulas, Isthmusses, and Promontories,--the water into +Oceans, Seas, Straits, Gulfs, Bays, Lakes, Rivers, and Creeks. + +A Continent is a large tract of land containing several countries which +are not separated by seas; as Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. + +An Island, is a tract of land entirely surrounded by water, as Britain, +Ireland, Sicily, &c. + +A Peninsula, is a tract of land almost surrounded by water, and is +joined to the main land by an isthmus, as the Morea. + +An Isthmus, is a narrow neck of land that joins a peninsula to the +continent, as the Isthmus of Corinth. + +A Cape or Promontory, is that high part of land which shoots into the +sea, and appears to terminate in a point, as the Cape of Good Hope in +Africa, Cape Finistere in Spain, &c. + +A Shore or Coast, is that land which borders upon the sea. + +The Ocean, is that general collection of water which surrounds the whole +earth. It is distinguished by the names of the four cardinal points of +the world; viz. the northern or icy ocean, which environs the north +pole; the western or Atlantic Ocean, which lies between Europe and +America, extending to the Equator; the southern or Ethiopic Ocean, which +extends from the Equator between Africa and America; and the Eastern or +Indian Ocean, which washes the eastern coast of Africa, and the southern +coast of Asia. To these have been added by later discoveries the Pacific +Ocean, commonly called the Great South Sea, between America and Asia; +and the Antarctic Icy Ocean which surrounds the South Pole. + +A Sea, is a part of the Ocean, into which we must enter by some strait, +and it is almost surrounded by land, as the Mediterranean and Baltic +Seas. + +A Strait, is a narrow passage opening a way into some sea, as the +Straits of Gibraltar, the Hellespont. + +A Gulf is a part of an ocean or sea, which runs up considerably into the +land, as the Gulf of Venice, the Gulf of Mexico, &c. + +A Bay is a smaller kind of gulf, (and is frequently much smaller at the +entrance than in the middle) as the Bay of Naples. + +A Lake is a collection of water entirely surrounded by land, as the Lake +of Geneva, and the Lake of Constance: when no stream flows in or out of +it, it is called a pool. + +A River is a current or stream, which rises in some elevated land, and +flows into the sea, another river, or lake, as the River Thames, the +Medway, and the River St. Lawrence. + +A Creek, is a small part of the sea or of a river which runs but a +little way into the land. + +That part of the sea which flows between the shores of an Island and a +Continent, is called a Channel, as the English Channel. + +This description of the divisions of land and water, I wish you to +commit to memory; and I will shew you all the names I have mentioned on +the globe, which will give you a more perfect idea of them, than you can +acquire by reading only. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma; but I hope you will tell me a little more of +the earth. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Willingly, my dear. You have read that after the flood, +the world was peopled by Noah's children: Shem and his descendants +spread over Asia, Ham over Africa, and Japhet over Europe. It is +uncertain who were the original inhabitants of America. Europe, though +the smallest of the four parts of the world, is much the most populous; +and here the arts and sciences are brought to the greatest perfection: +it is divided into different countries, of which the following are the +principal, though many of them, have undergone great changes during the +last few years. + + ON THE NORTH. + + _Countries._ _Capitals._ + + 1 Norway Bergen + 2 Sweden Stockholm + 3 Denmark Copenhagen + 4 Russia St. Petersburgh + + IN THE MIDDLE. + + British {England London + Dominions 1 {Scotland Edinburgh + {Ireland Dublin + 2 France Paris + 3 Swisserland Bern + 4 Netherlands Brussels + 5 United Provinces Amsterdam + 6 Germany Vienna + 7 Bohemia Prague + 8 Hungary Presburgh + 9 Poland Cracow + 10 Prussia Koningsburgh + +Note. Berlin, in Germany, was the capital of the king of Prussia's +Dominions. + + IN THE SOUTH. + + 1 Spain Madrid + 2 Portugal Lisbon + 3 Italy Rome + 4 Turkey Constantinople + +The most considerable Islands of Europe are + +Great Britain and Ireland in the Atlantic Ocean, + +Iceland in the Northern Ocean, + +Sicily, Sardinia, Corsica, Majorca, Minorca, Candia, all in the +Mediterranean sea, and the Islands in the Archipelago. + +It is now so late my dear, that I must finish my account of Europe +to-morrow; good bye, and try to remember what I have already told you. + + + + +_CHAPTER VI._ + +TUESDAY. + + +_Anne._ You see me earlier than usual this morning, dear mamma; but as I +know all the geography you desired me to learn quite perfectly, I hope +you will give me leave to read another story. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Certainly, my dear: but remember to read very distinctly; +make proper pauses; fall your voice at a period, and begin the next +sentence in rather a higher tone; aspirate the _H_, excepting in such +words as _hour_, _honour_, _heiress_, and a few others where it is +silent: and above all, avoid a monotonous manner of reading, for nothing +can be more unpleasant to those who are listening to you, than to hear a +tale, however interesting in itself, read on in one continued tone: +instead of affording any amusement, it only induces the persons you are +reading to, to wish for a cessation of the unpleasant murmuring noise +which offends their ears. + +_Anne._ I will attend to what you say, mamma, while I am reading the +following story, which is called + + +_The Advantages of Truth._ + +George Elliot the son of a respectable gentleman, had been paying a +visit to his uncle, and on his return home, was accompanied by one of +his cousins, who was to spend a few months with him at Hartley, +Mr. Elliot's country residence. + +George was a boy of a frank and generous disposition, and good +abilities; these being cultivated by a careful education, made him at +the age of eleven years, a well-informed and agreeable boy. Charles +Morden his cousin, was much his inferior in every respect. Accustomed to +excessive indulgence, he became fretful and idle, and often entered into +mischief, for the sake of having _something to do_; his parents so +plentifully supplied him with play-things, that he was consequently +tired of every thing he possessed, and only desirous of what was in +expectation; nay, worse, for to obtain any particular gratification, he +would not scruple making use of falshood. Such was the boy, now +unfortunately the constant companion of George Elliot. + +Mr. Elliot indulged his son in every innocent amusement proper for his +age, but loved him too well to suffer his faults to pass unnoticed. +George had been long anxious for a poney, and as soon as a proper one +could be purchased, his father presented it to him, and often allowed +him to ride out, either accompanied by himself or a servant, but +particularly forbade him from ever mounting any other horse in the +stables, telling him at the same time, the many fatal accidents that +had occurred, owing to boys attempting to ride horses they were unable +to manage. George promised obedience, and had strictly adhered to his +word. + +It was settled that Charles was to share the studies, as well as the +amusements of his cousin, and the gentleman to whose care George's +education was confided, paid equal attention to both, though he soon +perceived that Charles had little delight in useful occupations: and he +was always glad of some excuse that might save him the trouble of +attending Mr. Darford, and laughed at George for being always _fagging_ +as he called it. + +About two months after his son's return, Mr. Elliot was obliged by some +business of importance, to take a journey that he thought might detain +him about a fortnight from home. He embraced the children at parting, +desired them to behave well, and at his return they should be rewarded. + +For the first week after Mr. Elliot's departure, the boys were so good, +and their tutor so well pleased with their conduct, that one fine day he +gave them a holiday, telling them, that provided they avoided all +mischievous amusements they were at liberty to spend the day in any +manner most agreeable to themselves.--During several hours, they were +employed in catching their balls, flying their kites, working in the +garden, &c. At length, Charles seeing a little boy going by on +horseback, said he should like nothing so well as a nice ride before +dinner. "Nor I neither," answered George, "but you know it is +impossible, my father having expressly forbidden us to ride out alone +during his absence. Mr. Darford is not at home, and I know that all the +men are busy." "What does that signify?" returned Charles, "we are +surely old enough to take care of ourselves, and as to my uncle, he will +never know any thing of the matter." + +George was at first quite shocked at the idea of disobeying his father, +but he at last suffered himself to be persuaded by the artful entreaties +of his cousin, to do what he knew to be wrong. They went to the +stables, where George took out his own little poney, and Charles one of +his uncle's large horses, assuring his cousin that he could manage it +very well. At their first setting out, they agreed not to go far from +home, only just to ride round the paddock; the pleasantness of the +weather, however, soon tempted them to alter their resolution, and they +ventured into the high road. They went on very well for some time, and +were just thinking of returning, when Charles's horse took fright at +some object on the side of the road, and by a sudden start threw his +rider; he was not much hurt by the fall, but the horse galloped away, +and they soon lost all trace of the way he took: after wasting some +time in fruitless endeavours to follow him, they were obliged to return +home. + +George was very uneasy, and bitterly repented the fault he had +committed. "O Charles," cried he, "why did you ask me to disobey my +father! Alas! I fear he will never forgive me." + +"Don't cry so, pray," answered his cousin, "come, follow my advice, and +this affair will never be discovered."--"How can that be? you surely +forget the horse is lost, and besides, I would not upon any account tell +an untruth." "You are very foolish then, let me tell you; for as nobody +saw us go out, if we deny knowing any thing about the horse, we shall +never be suspected." + +"No, Charles, that I will never do; I had rather suffer the severest +punishment that could be inflicted upon me, than tell a _lie_. Nothing +shall induce me to add to the fault I have already committed. When my +father comes home, I will confess what I have done, and rely upon his +indulgence for pardoning a disobedience I so sincerely repent." + +"Well then," said Charles, "if you will not follow my advice, at least +you have no occasion to say it was I who persuaded you to take out the +horses."--"I shall not even mention your name: but come, let us waste no +more time, in regretting an action that cannot be recalled, we had +better try by our future conduct, to make some reparation for the +past."--So saying, he took his cousin by the arm, and they were together +leaving the room, when Mr. Elliot entered. The young lads drew back in +dismay; Mr. Elliot ran to embrace his son. "You see me here, my dear +boy, sooner than you expected; but fortunately the business that called +me hence, was concluded much earlier than I could have imagined." Some +few minutes had elapsed, before George could gain courage to answer his +father, at length he said, "you are convinced, my dear sir, that your +company has always given me pleasure, but to day it causes me pain, for +I have just been guilty of a fault that will I fear deprive me of your +confidence." George here related to his father, all that had passed, +except carefully concealing the part his cousin had acted; when he had +finished, Mr. Elliot thus addressed him, "I am charmed with your noble +conduct, my dear boy, and most willingly forgive the error you have +committed, because I believe your repentance to be sincere, and am +convinced you have told me the exact truth. Listen, now, to the +consequences that would have ensued, had you concealed it: I was in the +adjoining apartment, and heard the whole conversation that passed +between yourself and Charles; so, had you, as he wickedly advised, had +recourse to a falsehood, it would not have deceived _me_, but only have +proved that _you_ were unworthy my care and affection: whereas, I now +rejoice in the virtuous resolution of a son thus rendered dearer to me +than ever. Always speak the _truth_, and be assured it is the easiest +and surest way of extricating yourself from every difficulty.--As for +you, Sir," continued Mr. Elliot turning to Charles, "I shall not take +the trouble of punishing the meanness and depravity of your conduct, +because I fear that any punishment I could inflict, would have little +effect on a _liar_: I shall immediately send you back to your parents, +with an account of this day's transactions, at the same time advising +them to find some place far distant from all who belong to you, and +where, under a severe discipline, you may be made to repent of your +wickedness, and I hope in time recalled to that virtuous conduct from +which you have now so miserably erred." + +Mr. Elliot then taking his son by the hand led him out of the parlour, +and left Charles at leisure to reflect on the sad consequences of a +habit of lying. + + * * * * * + +This story being finished, Mrs. Harley said, it is not necessary my dear +Anne, that I should comment on the subject of which you have been +reading; the advantages arising from a strict adherence to truth are too +obvious not to be immediately perceived, and I trust, from the +principles I have always endeavoured to instil into your young mind, +that you will ever prefer the fair and open path she points out, to the +intricate labyrinths of despicable falshood. + +_Anne._ Indeed, mamma, if ever I should be tempted to tell an untruth, I +will think of this story, and then, I am sure I shall reject it, even +though I were certain it would remain undiscovered. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Do not imagine _that_ would ever be the case, as it is +impossible for children, however artful, long to dissemble their actions +or even thoughts from persons interested about them. + +I will now conclude my account of Europe. + + +FIFTH LESSON. + +_Mrs. Harley._ I ended yesterday, I think, with the European islands.--I +will now tell you the principal seas which surround Europe--the sea of +Asoph, the Euxine or Black Sea, the Archipelago or Grecian Sea, are +between Europe and Asia--the Mediterranean between Europe and +Africa--the Atlantic Ocean between Europe and America--the German Ocean +or North Sea between Britain and Germany--the Icy Ocean on the North, +and the White Sea in Russia. + +The principal straits are, the Straits of Caffa between the Sea of Asoph +and the Black Sea--the Bosphorus, or Straits of Constantinople between +the Black Sea and the Sea of Marmora--the Hellespont between the Sea of +Marmora and the Archipelago--the Faro of Messina between Italy and +Sicily--the Straits of Bonifacio between Corsica and Sardinia--the +Straits of Gibraltar between Barbary and Spain--the Straits of Dover +between England and France--the Sound in the Baltic between Denmark and +Sweden. + +The principal gulfs and bays are, the Gulf of Bothnia in Sweden--the +Gulf of Finland between Sweden and Russia--the Bay of Biscay between +France and Spain--the Gulf of Venice between Italy and Turkey. + +The principal rivers are, the Wolga--the Don or Tanais--and the +Boristhenes or Dnieper in Russia--the Thames and the Severn in +England--the Danube, the Rhine, and the Elbe in Germany--the Vistula or +Wesil in Poland--the Loire, the Seine, the Rhine, and the Garonne in +France--the Ebro, the Tagus, and the Douro in Spain--the Po in Italy. + +The chief lakes are Ladoga and Onega in Russia--Windermere in England, +Lough Neagh in Ireland, and Loch Lomond in Scotland--Lake of Geneva +between Swisserland and Italy--Lake of Constance between Swisserland and +Germany--Lakes of Como and Maggiore in Italy. + +The chief mountains are, the Dofre-field between Norway and Sweden--the +Cheviot Hills in Scotland--Plinlimmon in Wales--the Peak in Derbyshire +in England--the Carpathian mountains between Poland and Hungary--the +Pyrenean mountains between France and Spain--the Alps which divide +France and Germany from Italy--the Apennines which run through Italy +from North to South. + +Besides these, there are several volcanos in Europe, Vesuvius in +Naples--Stromboli one of the Lipari isles--Etna in Sicily, and Hecla in +Iceland. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma, I will look for all of them in the map; but +pray before you leave Europe tell me something more of our own country. + +_Mrs. Harley._ England, my dear, is bounded on the north by Scotland, +on the east by the German Ocean, on the south by the British Channel, +and on the west by the Irish sea, and St. George's Channel. It is +divided into 52 counties, 40 in England and 12 in Wales. The 40 English +counties are + + 6 IN THE NORTH. + + _Counties._ _Chief Towns._ + + Northumberland Newcastle. + Cumberland Carlisle + Durham Durham + Westmoreland Kendal + Yorkshire York + Lancashire Lancaster. + + 6 IN THE EAST. + + Norfolk Norwich + Suffolk Ipswich + Essex Chelmsford + Middlesex London + Hertfordshire Hertford + Cambridgeshire Cambridge. + + 6 IN THE SOUTH. + + Kent Canterbury + Sussex Chichester + Surry Guildford + Hampshire Winchester + Berkshire Reading + Wiltshire Salisbury. + + 4 IN THE WEST. + + Dorsetshire Dorchester + Somersetshire Bristol + Devonshire Exeter + Cornwall Launceston. + + 18 IN THE MIDDLE. + + Gloucestershire Gloucester + Monmouthshire Monmouth + Herefordshire Hereford + Shropshire Shrewsbury + Cheshire Chester + Derbyshire Derby + Nottinghamshire Nottingham + Lincolnshire Lincoln + Huntingdonshire Huntingdon + Bedfordshire Bedford + Buckinghamshire Buckingham + Oxfordshire Oxford + Worcestershire Worcester + Staffordshire Stafford + Leicestershire Leicester + Rutlandshire Oakham + Northamptonshire Northampton + Warwickshire Warwick. + +The 12 Welsh counties are, + + 6 IN NORTH WALES. + + _Counties._ _Chief Towns._ + + Anglesea Beaumaris + Caernarvonshire Caernarvon + Denbighshire Denbigh + Flintshire St. Asaph + Merionethshire Harlech + Montgomeryshire Montgomery + + 6 IN SOUTH WALES. + + Cardiganshire Cardigan + Radnorshire Radnor + Pembrokeshire Pembroke + Caermarthenshire Caermarthen + Brecknockshire Brecknock + Glamorganshire Cardiff. + +You will learn these counties, my dear, and trace them on the map at +your first leisure opportunity. We have been so long in Europe, that I +fear I must give you a very short description of the other parts of the +world. + +Asia is rendered famous on account of its having been the residence of +our first parents, and the scene of almost every transaction mentioned +in the scriptures: here our Saviour was born, lived and died; and from +hence the gospel was first promulgated to mankind. Its inhabitants, +though formerly celebrated for their refinement, are now, in general, a +lazy, ignorant people. China is celebrated for its productions of silk +and tea, which is a plant almost peculiar to this country, and the +beautiful manufacture of porcelain called China. In the southern part of +Asia the East Indies are situated, and in the West Arabia. The chief +rivers are the Euphrates, Tigris, Indus and Ganges. The principal +mountains are, Azarat, Horeb, Sinai and Lebanon. The most remarkable +Islands are, the Japan isles, the Maiana or Ladrone Islands, Formoso, +Philippines, Moluccas, Banda islands, Celebes or Macassar, the Sunda +islands, Ceylon, Maldives and Jesso isles. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma, now for Africa. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Africa, my dear, though once so highly renowned for the +learning and politeness of its natives is now nearly barbarous. In +Africa, near the northern coast, was situated the once famous city of +Carthage, founded by Queen Dido, and the native country of a famous +general named Hannibal, whose history you will hereafter read. Egypt so +famous for the Nile (an immense river) lies in this part of the world, +and here the arts and sciences were formerly highly cultivated. The +chief rivers are, the Nile, Niger, Gambia, and Senegal. The mountains +are, Mount Atlas in the north, and the Peak of Teneriffe one of the +Canary isles. The principal African Islands are, the Azores, the +Madeiras, Canaries, Cape Verde isles, and St. Helena in the Atlantic +Ocean; Madagascar, Mauritius, Bourbon, Comora isles, and Socotora in +the Indian Ocean. + +America, the largest division of the globe, was discovered in the year +1492 by Christopher Columbus, a native of Genoa in Italy; though it +derives its name (not quite justly I think) from Americus Vesputius, who +extended the discoveries of Columbus. America is divided into north and +south, and these two peninsulas are joined by the Isthmus of Darien. The +mountains here are much higher and the rivers much larger than those in +the other parts of the world. The Andes, a ridge of mountains in South +America, are considered the highest in the world; their tops are covered +with perpetual snow, notwithstanding the excessive heat of the climate +in which they are situated. In North America are the Appalachian or +Allegany mountains. The principal rivers are, in the southern peninsula, +the river Amazon, the Oronoko, the Rio de la Plata, and the river +Janeiro: in the north, St. Lawrence, Delaware, and Susquehana. + +Great part of North America formerly belonged to Great Britain, but some +disputes arising between the mother country (England) and the colonies, +a war ensued, which was, at length, terminated in favour of the +Americans, and in 1783 they were declared a free, sovereign, and +independent nation. This part of America is now distinguished by the +appellation of "the United States." General Washington, of whom you +have frequently heard me speak, was an American. + +I must now finish my lecture on geography, which, though very imperfect, +has yet exceeded the usual limits of our lessons; many interesting +circumstances relating to the various countries I have mentioned, have +been entirely omitted, as I was fearful that by telling you too much on +the subject I should prevent you from remembering any of the particulars +so necessary for you to retain. + +_Anne._ Oh, dear mamma! how much I thank you for what you have told me +about geography, I think it very entertaining, and I like looking over +maps; but now I should very much like to know the history of all these +countries. + +_Mrs. Harley._ To-morrow, my dear, I will give you some account of them, +but to know all the particulars of each nation would require you to +read more volumes than as yet you have patience for. Farewell. + + + + +_CHAPTER VII._ + +WEDNESDAY. + + +_Mrs. Harley._ We will this morning, my dear, contrary to the usual +custom, begin our instructions with the _Lesson_ instead of the _Story_; +and as the two last days have given you some idea of geography, I think +I cannot better employ the present than by devoting it to History. + +_Anne._ You know, mamma, I am always happy to learn what you are so good +as to teach me. Pray, if I was to ask you the meaning of the word +History, how would you answer me? + +_Mrs. Harley._ I should say, my dear, that History is a relation of the +past actions of men and women. It is divided into sacred and profane. By +sacred history is meant all the relations that are contained in the Old +and New Testaments. + +_Anne._ And of which you have already given me some account, mamma. + +_Mrs. Harley._ From your earliest childhood, my dear, it has been my +constant endeavour to store your mind with as much knowledge of sacred +subjects as I thought it capable of receiving. + +By profane history is meant the account of all transactions not included +in the sacred volumes. Ancient history relates the events that happened +from the creation of the world to the birth of Jesus Christ: Modern +history, those from the birth of Jesus Christ to the present time. +Ancient history is divided into the four periods or æras of the four +successive monarchies called universal. + +_Anne._ Why were they called universal monarchies, mamma? + +_Mrs. Harley._ Because they extended over the greatest part of the +_then_ known world. The first was the Assyrian monarchy, founded by +Nimrod, the grandson of Ham, who, you know, was the son of Noah. Nimrod +was a very courageous man, and a famous hunter of wild beasts, which +impressed his friends with so high an idea of his abilities, that they +agreed to elect him their king; he taught his subjects the arts of +hunting and building cities, besides several other useful things: he +founded the Assyrian monarchy about 1800 years after the creation. +Nimrod was succeeded by his son Ninus, and at his death the crown +devolved to his Queen Semiramis, remarkable for her extraordinary +valour; she was slain in battle by the Indians, who, in those days, made +use of elephants in their armies. This monarchy ended under +Sardanapalus, who was a very weak prince. The capitals of the Assyrian +empire were Babylon upon the river Euphrates, and Nineveh on the Tigris. +It was divided, after the death of Sardanapalus, into three kingdoms, +called, the Median, Babylonian, and the second Assyrian. Belshazzar, the +last king of Babylon, was a very wicked man, and treated the Jews (who +had been brought captive to Babylon by Nebuchadnezzar, a former king) +with great cruelty. At a splendid entertainment which he one night gave +to the lords of his court, he ordered the vessels that had been taken +from Solomon's temple to be brought to him, and, with his guests, +insulted the Jewish religion by drinking out of them; his impiety was, +however, speedily punished, for that very night Cyrus entered Babylon +with a powerful army, made himself master of the kingdom, and +Belshazzar was slain. + +Cyrus becoming, soon after this event, by the death of his father and +uncle, king of Persia, Media, and Babylon, established the second +universal monarchy called the Persian. He was a very good prince, and +permitted the Jews to return to their own land and rebuild their city. + +_Anne._ Which was called Jerusalem, was it not, mamma? + +_Mrs. Harley._ Yes, my dear, I am glad to find you recollect what you +read. Cyrus lived to be very old, and was succeeded by his son Cambyses, +who, far from following the virtuous example of his father, committed +numberless crimes, among which was the murder of his own brother. After +him reigned Smerdis the impostor, who pretended to be the true Smerdis +that had been killed by Cambyses: next to him Darius, who was chosen +because his horse neighed before any of those belonging to the other +competitors for the crown: then Xerxes, a very vain-glorious prince, who +attempted to conquer Greece, but was himself beaten, and obliged to make +his escape from thence in a little fishing boat: he was succeeded by his +son Artaxerxes, and at length, after several other kings, Darius +ascended the throne, who, had he not been proud of his riches, might +have been a wise and good sovereign. During his reign, the Greeks (who +inhabited that country which is now the southern part of Turkey in +Europe) determined, under the command of the famous Alexander, to make +the Persians submit to their power: accordingly, an immense army invaded +the Persian dominions, and after several battles, they were completely +conquered, and Darius was killed by one of his own nobles. Thus +Alexander putting an end to the Persian monarchy, established the third +Universal Empire about 330 years before Christ. + +The capital of Persia was Susa. + +_Anne._ I suppose then, that Alexander was a native of Greece, pray tell +me a little about that country? + +_Mrs. Harley._ Long before the time of Alexander, Greece had been +highly celebrated. It was divided into several small states, the +principal of which were, Sparta and Athens. Sparta was governed by +kings; Lycurgus was their famous legislator; he framed many wise laws, +which greatly added to the prosperity of the kingdom. Athens was a +commonwealth, and even more renowned for wisdom than Sparta. Solon was +their lawgiver, and his laws tended much more to the refinement of the +people, than those of Lycurgus, some of which were very cruel. Macedon +was a state of little consequence till the time of Philip, who greatly +increased its importance: he procured himself to be appointed +commander-in-chief of all the armies destined for the invasion of +Persia, but he was killed before he set out on this expedition. He was +succeeded by his son Alexander, both as king of Macedon and +generalissimo of Greece, who, after settling the affairs of his native +country, marched into Persia; not contented with conquering this vast +country, he turned his arms against the Indian princes, many of whom +were obliged to submit to his authority; one of them was named Porus, a +man of extraordinary stature, who afterwards became the sincere friend +of the conqueror. + +Thus Alexander having subdued so many nations, was at last obliged to +yield to the instances of his soldiers, and to think of returning back +to Macedon. He entered Babylon in triumph, and spent much of his time, +while there, in feasting and drinking. The excesses he committed, at +times deranged his mind, and in one fit of intoxication he killed a +faithful old friend named Clitus: many more of his actions were totally +unworthy of a prince who assumed the name of _Great_, this appellation +was certainly bestowed upon him rather for his extensive conquests, than +for any benefits his subjects derived from his reign, nor could _Good_ +with any propriety have been added to the title of Great. + +He at length, fell a victim to his intemperance in the thirty-third year +of his age, about 323 years before Christ. Leaving no proper person to +succeed him; four of his generals, after many disputes and battles +divided his extensive dominions among themselves. To relate the +particular histories of these kingdoms would engross too much of our +time; I shall therefore proceed to the Roman Empire which was the fourth +universal monarchy; and was founded by Romulus about 752 years before +Christ. Perhaps a short account of its origin will be entertaining to +you. + +Romulus and Remus were the twin sons of a lady named Rhea Sylvia. As +soon as they were born they were condemned by their cruel uncle Amulius +king of Alba (in Italy) to be thrown into the Tiber, this was executed, +but they were found and preserved by a herdsman named Faustulus, who +brought them up as his own sons till they arrived at years of +discretion; when becoming acquainted with the history of their birth, +they determined to dethrone their wicked uncle Amulius, and restore +their grandfather Numitor to the crown his brother had unjustly deprived +him of. They succeeded, and then formed a plan for building themselves a +city, among those hills on which they had spent their earliest years. +They could not, however, agree concerning the best situation for it, but +the opinion of Romulus at length prevailing, Remus, to vex his brother, +leaped contemptuously over the city wall: this so irritated Romulus that +a violent quarrel ensued, they fought, and either by accident or design +Romulus killed his brother, and then the whole government of the new +state devolved upon himself: it was called Rome after its founder. +Inhabitants flocked from every part of the surrounding country into the +new city, and it soon became a very considerable kingdom. After the +death of Romulus six other kings succeeded to the throne all of whom, +excepting the last, were great and good men, their names were, + + Romulus the Founder, + Numa Pompilius, + Tullus Hostilius, + Ancus Martius, + Tarquinius Priscus, + Servius Tullius, and + Tarquinius Superbus. + +Under whom ended the regal state. A Commonwealth ensued. Many great men +flourished during this period: but at length the government changed once +more, and Rome became an empire. The first twelve emperors were +distinguished by the appellation of the twelve Cæsars, their names were + + Julius Cæsar, the first Roman emperor. + + Augustus, in whose reign our Saviour Jesus Christ came into the + world. + + Tiberius, + Caligula, + Claudius, + Nero, + Sergius Galba, + Otho, + Vitellius, + Vespasian, + Titus, and + Domitian. + +Many emperors succeeded these, until Constantine the Great, the 41st +emperor, removed the seat of empire from Rome to Constantinople, which, +before his time, was called Byzantium. Constantine was a very good man, +and was the first Roman emperor who embraced the Christian religion, but +he pursued a system of politics that hastened the destruction of the +empire. After his death the sovereignty was divided between his sons, +and soon after Rome, which had once given laws to the world, became a +prey to merciless barbarians, and sunk into comparative insignificance. + +_Anne._ O! thank you, mamma, for this entertaining account of Rome, I +shall be very glad when I am old enough to read the Roman History. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Age, my dear, is not the only thing necessary for the +accomplishment of your wish. Let me see you attentive to your present +employments, and I shall have much pleasure in reading with you a +history that I am sure will engage your attention. I will now tell you a +very little about our own country. + +Britain was little known to the rest of the world, till about 52 years +before the common æra; when Julius Cæsar invaded the country with a +powerful army: the natives, assisted by their Druids or priests, opposed +his landing, but they were unable long to resist so warlike a people as +the Romans, who soon after making themselves masters of the island, +maintained possession of the most fertile parts of it near 500 years. +Their own affairs then requiring their attention at home, they abandoned +it, and the Saxons made their appearance. These people came from a +province in Germany, and when they had subdued Britain, they divided it +into seven kingdoms called the Saxon Heptarchy. + + Kent, which included the isles of Thanet and Sheppey. + + Northumberland, contained Northumberland, Durham, Lancashire, + and Yorkshire. + + East Anglia, contained Cambridgeshire, Suffolk, and Norfolk. + + Mercia, contained all the middle countries from the Severn + between East Anglia and Wessex. + + Essex, or East Saxony, contained Essex, Middlesex, and part of + Hertfordshire. + + Sussex, or South Saxony, contained Surry, Sussex, and the New + Forest. + + Wessex, or West Saxony, included Hampshire, Dorsetshire, + Wiltshire, Berkshire, and the Isle of Wight. + +Egbert, king of Wessex, at length subduing the other princes of the +Heptarchy, united the whole country under one monarchy, and became +himself the first king of England, in the year 827 after Christ. + +I will give you a chronological list of the kings of England, not that I +wish you to learn it at present, but because it will be useful to refer +to when you are reading the history. Some knowledge of dates is +desirable, as it enables you to ascertain the periods when any +particular events occurred, and under whose reign. The Danes made +frequent incursions into England during the time of the Saxons, and +caused great devastation in the country. Alfred, the most excellent +prince mentioned in history, was obliged, owing to these barbarians, to +abandon his throne and retire to an obscure cottage, where, however, he +occupied his time in forming the best plans for his own +re-establishment, and the restoration of tranquility to his distracted +country: his wise measures were successful and for some time the Danes +were entirely quelled, but they soon renewed their usual predatory +warfare, and Canute became king of England. + + SAXON KINGS OF ENGLAND. + + 800 Egbert + 838 Ethelwolf + 857 Ethelbald + 860 Ethelbert + 866 Ethelred + 871 Alfred the Great + 901 Edward the Elder + 925 Athelston + 941 Edmund + 946 Edred + 955 Edwy + 959 Edgar + 975 Edward the Martyr + 978 Ethelred II + 1016 Edmund II, or Ironside. + + DANISH KINGS. + + 1017 Canute + 1035 Harold + 1039 Hardicanute + 1041 Edward the Confessor + 1065 Harold II. + +William the first (commonly called the Conqueror,) Duke of Normandy, +invaded England with a powerful army, and slew Harold at the battle of +Hastings. This victory is called the Conquest; it was gained on the 14th +of October, 1066. + + NORMAN LINE. + + Kings names. Began to reign. Reigned years. + + William I 1066 20 Duke of Normandy + William II 1087 12 Son to the Conqueror + Henry I 1100 35 Brother to William II + Stephen 1135 18 Grandson to the Conqueror by + his daughter Adela, who + married the Earl of Blois. + + LINE OF PLANTAGENET. + + Henry II 1154 34 Grandson to Henry I by his + daughter Matilda, who married + the Earl of Anjou + Richard I 1189 9 Son to Henry I + John 1199 17 Brother to Richard I + Henry III 1216 56 Son to John + Edward I 1272 34 Son to Henry III + Edward II 1307 19 Son to Edward I + Edward III 1327 50 Son to Edward II. + Richard II 1377 22 Grandson to Edward III by his + eldest son, the Black Prince. + + LINE OF LANCASTER. + + Henry IV 1399 13 Son to John of Gaunt, Duke of + Lancaster, fourth son of + Edward III + Henry V 1413 9 Son to Henry IV + Henry VI 1422 38 Son to Henry V. + + LINE OF YORK. + + Edward IV 1461 22 Son to Richard Duke of York, + a descendant by the mother's + side from Lionel, the third + son of Edward III + Edward V 1483 2ms. Son of Edward IV + Richard III 1483 2 Uncle to Edward V. + + LINE OF TUDOR, + + In which were united the Houses of York and Lancaster, by the + marriage of Henry VII, son of the Countess of Richmond, of the + House of Lancaster, to Elizabeth daughter of Edward IV. + + Henry VII 1485 23 Earl of Richmond + Henry VIII 1509 37 Son to Henry VII + Edward VI 1547 6 Son to Henry VIII + Mary 1553 5 Sister to Edward VI + Elizabeth 1558 44 Sister to Mary. + + LINE OF STUART. + + James I 1603 22 Son to Mary queen of Scots, + who was descended from + Henry VII + Charles I 1625 23 Son to James I. (Charles was + beheaded in 1649.) + + COMMON-WEALTH AND PROTECTORATE OF CROMWELL. + + Charles II 1660 24 Son to Charles I + James II 1685 4 Brother to Charles II. + (James II abdicated + the throne in 1689.) + + LINE OF ORANGE. + + {William III 1689 13 Nephew and Son-in-law to + {& James II + {Mary II Stuart Daughter to James II + Anne 1702 12 Daughter to James II. + + LINE OF BRUNSWICK. + + George I 1714 12 Son to the Princess Sophia, + Electress of Hanover, and + grandaughter of James I + George II 1728 33 Son to George I + George III 1760 Grandson to George II. + +I will not, my dear, enter into the history of any of these sovereigns, +as there are many English histories extant, which will give you better +information upon this subject, than you could receive from any +description of mine: indeed, the little I have now been telling you of +history in general, is only intended to awaken in your mind a desire for +the attainment of this useful knowledge. Modern History we shall defer +for several years, but I will to-morrow give you Rollin's Ancient +History, a work, I think, particularly well calculated for young people; +when you have read this, you shall proceed to the Roman History, after +which you may be able to enter into the accounts of more modern times. +In the mean while, let me beg you to continue attentive to the +instructions you receive, and new lessons and more stories shall then be +prepared for your next + +BIRTH-DAY PRESENT. + + + + +THE END. + + + + +H. Bryer, Printer, Bridge-Street, Blackfriars, London. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Week of Instruction and Amusement,, by +Mrs. Harley + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT *** + +***** This file should be named 25659-8.txt or 25659-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/5/6/5/25659/ + +Produced by Tamise Totterdell and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/25659-8.zip b/25659-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1128bc --- /dev/null +++ b/25659-8.zip diff --git a/25659-h.zip b/25659-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..46311f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/25659-h.zip diff --git a/25659-h/25659-h.htm b/25659-h/25659-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8235ab --- /dev/null +++ b/25659-h/25659-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,3853 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of A Week of Instruction and Amusement by Mrs Harley. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> +/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */ +<!-- + p {margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .75em;} + + h1,h2,h3,h4 {text-align: center; + clear: both;} + + h1 {margin-top: 3em;} + + h2 {margin-top: 5em;} + + h2.tp {margin-bottom: 5em;} + + h3.story {font-weight: normal; + font-style: italic;} + + .title {font-size: 200%; + font-weight: bold; + text-align: center;} + + .smaller {font-size: 50%; + line-height: 3;} + + .smaller2 {font-size: 80%; + line-height: 3;} + + hr {width: 33%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + height: 5px; + color: #dedede;} + + hr.short {width: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; + height: 2px; + color: #000000;} + + .printer {margin-top: 5em; + text-align: center;} + + table {margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto;} + + table td {padding-left: 5px; + padding-right: 5px;} + + .right {text-align: right;} + + .left {text-align: left;} + + .note {width: 30%;} + + .h4 {font-weight: bold; + text-align: center;} + + table.line {width: 90%;} + + .hidden {visibility: hidden;} + + .list {margin-left: 20%;} + + .hymn {margin-left: 35%;} + + .indent1 {margin-left: 1em;} + + body {margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%;} + + .narrow {margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%;} + + .pagenum {position: absolute; + right: 2%; + font-size: 80%; + text-align: right; + color: #5a5a5a;} + + .center {text-align: center;} + + .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + + .caption {font-size: 70%;} + + .figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center;} + + .centerbold {font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + margin-top: 1em;} + + .centerboldgap {font-weight: bold; + text-align: center; + margin-top: 5em; + margin-bottom: 5em;} + + .printer2 {text-align: center; + font-size: 80%; + border-top: solid 1px;} + // --> + /* XML end ]]>*/ + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's A Week of Instruction and Amusement,, by Mrs. Harley + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: A Week of Instruction and Amusement, + or, Mrs. Harley's birthday present to her daughter : + interspersed with short stories, outlines of sacred and + prophane history, geography &c. + +Author: Mrs. Harley + +Release Date: May 31, 2008 [EBook #25659] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT *** + + + + +Produced by Tamise Totterdell and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + + + + + +</pre> + + +<p class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/instruction.png" height="600" width="411" alt="Instruction" /> +<br /> +Instruction.</p> + +<h1><span class="smaller">A</span><br /> +WEEK<br /> +<span class="smaller">OF</span><br /> +INSTRUCTION<br /> +<span class="smaller">AND</span><br /> +AMUSEMENT;</h1> + +<p class="title"> +<span class="smaller">OR,</span><br /> +<span class="smaller2">MRS. HARLEY'S</span><br /> +<i>BIRTHDAY PRESENT</i><br /> +<span class="smaller">TO</span><br /> +<span class="smaller2">HER DAUGHTER.</span></p> + +<hr /> + +<p class="center">INTERSPERSED WITH SHORT STORIES<br /> +—OUTLINES OF SACRED AND<br /> +PROPHANE HISTORY—<br /> +GEOGRAPHY, &c.</p> + +<hr /> + +<p class="center">LONDON:<br /> +PRINTED FOR J. HARRIS,<br /> +CORNER OF ST. PAUL'S CHURCH-YARD.</p> + +<hr class="short" /> + +<p class="center">1812.</p> + +<p class="printer">H. Bryer, Printer, Bridge-Street, Blackfriars, London.</p> + +<h2>ADVERTISEMENT.</h2> + +<p class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/dec.png" height="14" width="100" alt="" /> +</p> + +<p>The following pages were written with the design of communicating, in a +manner agreeable to children, some knowledge of those subjects which +they so often find tedious and uninteresting.—Should the stories +related inspire a love of virtue, and the lessons awaken a desire for +the further acquisition of useful knowledge, the attempt, +notwithstanding its defect, cannot, it is hoped, be deemed wholly +useless.</p> + +<h2 class="tp">A WEEK OF INSTRUCTION, <i>&c.</i></h2> + +<p class="figcenter"> +<img src="images/dec.png" height="14" width="100" alt="" /> +</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p> + +<h2><i>CHAPTER I.</i><br /> +<span class="caption">THURSDAY.</span></h2> + +<p>At a pleasant village a few miles from London, resided a widow-lady of +the name of Harley; she had but one child, and to forming her manners +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span>and instructing her mind she devoted her whole time. Anne (for so was +this little girl named) was an amiable child; she rewarded her mother's +care and affection, by paying great attention to her instructions; like +all other children, she was fond of play, but seldom murmured when +called to attend the hours set apart for working, reading, or learning +her lessons: all these she performed extremely well for her age, and had +already gone through many of the first books that are put into the hands +of children.</p> + +<p>As a reward for her application, her mamma had promised to write a few +stories on purpose for her, and one Thursday in the month of August, the +day on which little Anne completed her eighth year, Mrs. Harley +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span>presented her the book which contained them, saying, "I shall only +permit you to read in this book, my dear Anne, when I have reason to be +satisfied with your conduct, for as it is now given to a good little +girl, I would never upon any account, allow a naughty one to make use of +it. We will begin our mornings with reading one of these stories, and +afterwards I will give you a lesson upon different subjects, many of +which you are now quite unacquainted with. By pursuing this method you +will be daily adding to your stock of knowledge, and will I hope in time +become a good and sensible girl: this, my dear, is the first wish of my +heart, and you must do every thing in your power to promote it. Be +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span>industrious and docile, and you may be sure of succeeding in all I +require you to undertake. But come, the morning is so fine that we will +go into the garden, where upon yonder seat you shall begin your new +study."</p> + +<p>Little Anne after thanking her mamma for her kind present, followed her +to the bench, when they were seated, she opened the book, and the first +story that presented itself was</p> + +<h3 class="story">The pleasure of giving, much greater than that of receiving.</h3> + +<p>Edward and James were the sons of a respectable farmer, who spared no +pains in giving them an education suited to their situation in life. +Having been pleased with their good conduct in some circumstances <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>that +had lately occurred, he promised them a holiday the first time the +weather should be fine enough for them to visit their aunt, who lived a +few miles distant from the village where they resided. The wished for +morning at length arrived, the farmer gave each of his sons a shilling, +and a basket filled with provisions. Thus equipped, they began their +journey, and amused themselves on the road, by talking of the pleasure +they should have in seeing their good aunt. The best way of spending +their shillings was a subject of great importance, "I will have a +handsome kite," said Edward, "and the string shall be long enough to +allow it to fly as high as the clouds." <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>"Yes," answered James, "but +however long your string may be, I believe it must depend upon the wind +for flying. Now, I will have a bag of marbles, with these I can always +play on the stones in the church-yard after school." "Excepting when it +rains brother James; however, as the money is our own, we have each you +know a right to please ourselves."</p> + +<p>Just as Edward finished speaking, a poor little ragged boy came up to +the brothers, and asked for a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>halfpenny to buy a bit of bread, saying +he was so very hungry he knew not what to do. "What, have you had no +breakfast! my little man?" asked James. "No, sir, nor supper last night, +do pray give me a halfpenny, I am so very faint for want of food."</p> + +<p>Edward immediately took a piece of cake from his basket and gave it to +the boy, enquiring at the same time, where his father and mother was.</p> + +<p>"Alas, my good young gentleman, they are both dead. I lost father about +a month ago, and I fear I shall soon follow him, for indeed I am very +ill, and not able to work, therefore I must be starved." "O no," said +James, "not if I can prevent it, you do indeed look very ill, but take +courage, I hope you will soon recover, and surely the parish must +provide for you—where do you live?"</p> + +<p>"Since father died I have had no regular home, and this is not my +parish. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span>Sometimes I sleep in a barn. I do what I can to assist an old +man, who was my mother's uncle, but he is ill now, and not able to keep +me, so I shall be quite deserted."—"Well," said Edward, "I will provide +you with a dinner to day, and give you money to procure a lodging at +night; here is a shilling, my father gave it me to buy toys with, but I +can do better without them, than you can without food." The little boy +took the shilling, and with tears in his eyes thanked his kind friend. +James would not suffer him to depart without accepting his shilling +also, and desiring him to call the next morning at their father's, where +they would try to be of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>further use to him, they bade him adieu, and +pursued their journey.</p> + +<p>"I am sure," said Edward, "I feel more pleasure in making that child +happy, than in flying the finest kite in the world." "And I," added +James, "was a hundred times happier in giving him a shilling, than I was +when I received it this morning. Only think how rejoiced the poor boy +must be, to have so much money; I dare say he never before, possessed so +large a sum, but Edward, we shall have no new kite nor marbles +now!—Never mind, brother, we have done a good action, and that, you +know, our father says is the surest way to secure happiness"—</p> + +<p>Thus conversing, these good lads <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>arrived at their aunt's, where they +spent a very pleasant day, and in the evening returned home, to delight +their father's heart, with an account of their morning's adventure.—The +poor boy came the next morning to the farmer's, who having made the +necessary enquiries into his former conduct, took him into his service. +The brothers had soon the satisfaction of seeing him restored to health, +and in time he became a useful, faithful, and grateful servant to his +benevolent master.</p> + +<hr class="short" /> + +<p>"Well, my dear Anne," said Mrs. Harley, "how do you like my first +story?"</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> O very much mamma, what good children Edward and James were, to +give their money to a poor <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span>little hungry boy; indeed, if ever I should +meet one I will do the same.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Then you will do well, and I shall love you dearly. +Remember, that the use of reading examples of virtue is to inspire you +with the desire to imitate them. But do you, my dear, know of what the +story you have just read is composed?</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> O yes, mamma, of words, is it not?</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> You are right: letters make syllables, one or more +syllables make a word, words form a sentence, and a number of sentences +compose not only the little story of Edward and James, but all the great +books in the library. Now can you tell me how letters are divided?</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span></p><p><i>Anne.</i> Not properly mamma, pray explain it to me.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> I will my dear, and so we begin our</p> + +<h3>FIRST LESSON.</h3> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Letters of which there are twenty six in our language, +are divided into vowels and consonants. There are five proper vowels, a, +e, i, o, and u. Y is generally a consonant at the beginning of words, +and a vowel at the end of them. Repeat the vowels.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> a, e, i, o, u. Y, is sometimes a vowel, and sometimes a +consonant. The other letters are all consonants, they are, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>b, c, d, f, +g, h, j, k, l, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, v, w, x, y, z.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Very well, now you understand the letters, I will explain +the other little marks you see in this book. They are called stops: +there are six different ones, the comma, which is the shortest; the +semicolon;—the colon:—the period.—the note of admiration!—which +denotes wonder or surprise—and the note of interrogation? which shews +that a question is asked. Repeat them to me.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> , ; : . ! ?</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Quite right, you may now put away your book, and go to +play.</p> + +<h2><i>CHAPTER II.</i><br /> +<br /> +<img src="images/dec.png" height="14" width="100" alt="" /><br /> +<br /> +<span class="caption">FRIDAY.</span></h2> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Here is another story for you Anne.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Thank you, dear mamma, let me begin it directly.</p> + +<h3 class="story">The Naughty Girl Reformed.</h3> + +<p>There was once a little girl who had been so much indulged in her +infancy, that by the time she arrived at her sixth year, every one +disliked her. She was proud and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>ill-tempered, she wanted whatever she +saw, and when any thing was refused her, she immediately began crying +and teazing her mamma for it, who being at last quite tired of her +importunity, generally gave up the point, and Fanny obtained what she +wished for. Now, though the mamma certainly intended to be very kind to +her child, yet I think she did wrong in this respect, because children +should never have what they cry for.</p> + +<p>Fanny's ill-temper increased with her years, she quarrelled with all the +children who used to play with her, till at length she was quite +shunned, and none of her little friends took any notice of her.</p> + +<p>A lady had given her sister Julia <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>a pretty wax-doll, and she had taken +great pleasure in dressing it: almost all her leisure was occupied in +making its cloaths, and when they were completed she was quite +delighted. It so happened that Fanny was from home when her sister +received this present, but no sooner was she returned, and the doll +produced, than she began, as usual, to cry for it, and so loud, too, +that she disturbed the whole house. For this time, however, her tears +were in vain, Julia would not give up her favourite, though she +endeavoured to sooth her sister, by promising to lend it her as soon as +she should be a little more careful. Fanny was at length pacified, but +she watched the first opportunity <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>to get possession of the doll. She +soon succeeded, and for some time played with it very carefully, but +having acquired a negligent habit of using her toys, she soon forgot its +brittle texture, and when tired of nursing it, threw it down on the +ground. The face was immediately broken to pieces, and while she was +picking up the scattered remains of the once beautiful features, Julia +entered the room. On seeing her favourite thus destroyed, she could not +help shedding tears, and she reproached Fanny for having taken the doll +without permission, especially as she had been so repeatedly desired +never to touch it. Fanny felt quite ashamed for her fault, and was +really sorry for the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>mischief she had occasioned: she begged her +sister's pardon and promised never again to be so naughty. The good +tempered Julia readily forgave her, and for a few days after this +misfortune Fanny behaved much better than usual. However, as ill habits +are very difficult to be overcome, she soon relapsed into her former +fretful and passionate ways; indeed, she made the family so +uncomfortable that her mother determined to send her from home, and for +that purpose wrote to a relation, entreating her to take the care of +Fanny for some time, and try if a different mode of treatment might have +some good effect in correcting her faults.</p> + +<p>Mrs. Benson was eminently distinguished <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>for good sense and pleasing +manners. She had frequently regretted the improper indulgences that were +granted to this little girl, and accepted with alacrity the charge +consigned to her care. She made but a short visit to her sister, and +when she returned to her own residence, took back her little niece. It +had been a very difficult task to persuade Fanny to accompany Mrs. Benson, +but at length the engaging manners of this lady quite overcame her +reluctance, and after parting very affectionately with her mother and +sister, she got into the carriage that was to convey her above a hundred +miles from the place where she had hitherto resided.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p><p>It was night when Mrs. Benson with her young charge arrived at the end +of her journey. The motion of the carriage had lulled Fanny to sleep, +and she was undressed and put to bed without being conscious of what was +passing around her. The next morning on opening her eyes, she was quite +surprised to find herself in an apartment with which she was wholly +unacquainted, but the sight of her aunt soon brought to her recollection +the change that had taken place. Mrs. Benson desired her to rise, but +when told to put on her stockings she began to cry, and said that her +maid always did it at home. "But here, my dear," replied Mrs. Benson, +"you must do it <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>yourself, for I make it an invariable rule never to +assist a little girl in any thing she can so easily accomplish by +herself. And I must now tell you Fanny, that you never can have what you +cry for in my house, so be a good girl and do as you are desired."</p> + +<p>Fanny then continued to cry very violently, and would not obey; her +naughty behaviour had no effect upon her aunt, who continued dressing +herself, and when she had finished, went out of the room without +noticing it. Fanny being left alone, and finding that no one attended to +her tears, at length began to dress, and after she had remained quiet +for some time, a servant was sent up to assist her. She then <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>went down +stairs, and when she entered the parlour, her aunt said to her, "I am +sorry you have been so long dressing, because I have breakfasted; the +things are removed, and I cannot suffer them to be brought up again this +morning. I am going out, and if you like to accompany me, I will shew +you the village, and we will visit some of the cottagers who are +employed in making lace, their work, I assure you, is very beautiful."</p> + +<p>Fanny was greatly disappointed at being deprived of her breakfast, but +she fetched her bonnet and followed her aunt. She was quite delighted +with her walk, and on her return to the house was very glad to see a +plate of bread and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>fruit on the table. After she had eaten as much as +she chose, Mrs. Benson shewed her some pictures, and she remained a +tolerably good girl during the rest of the day.</p> + +<p>The following morning, when Mrs. Benson desired Fanny to read, she was +very naughty, and would not say a letter. "Well," said her aunt, "if you +will not read you shall neither play nor walk, so when I go out I shall +leave you at home." Fanny persisted in her ill-humour, and was therefore +obliged to spend the morning alone, instead of enjoying a pleasant +ramble in the fields. When Mrs. Benson returned, she asked her niece if +she would then try to read, "because," added she "till you have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>done +so, you may be assured I will grant you no amusement." Fanny perceiving +that her aunt was quite determined to keep her word, at length took up +the book and read as well as she could. Mrs. Benson, pleased with her +compliance, made no allusion to her former obstinacy, but gave her a +pretty sattin pincushion, telling her that if she would try to be a good +child she should love her dearly.</p> + +<p>From this time Fanny began to amend; at first she found it very +difficult to restrain her temper, but the more she tried, the easier she +found the task: and though during the first few months of her residence +at Mrs. Benson's she frequently forgot the good resolutions <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>she had +formed, yet she was always sincerely sorry for her faults, and +endeavoured to make amends by doing whatever she thought would restore +her to her aunt's favour.</p> + +<p>Thus Mrs. Benson had the satisfaction of seeing a child whom she had +formerly known so undutiful and ill-tempered, become by degrees quite +amiable and obliging: the alteration in her was so great, that when at +the end of a year Mrs. Benson carried her to pay a visit to her family, +they could hardly trace any resemblance between Fanny such as she now +was, and the naughty little girl who had given them so much trouble. She +staid in London three weeks, during which time the cloud of ill-humour +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>scarcely once ruffled her brow. At the end of that time Mrs. Benson +wished to return home, and Fanny begged to accompany her, fearing that +if deprived of her aunt's counsel before her good habits were entirely +fixed, she might relapse into her former errors.</p> + +<p>Several years are now past since these events happened. Fanny has been +constantly improving, she is now the delight of her family, and the +favourite of all who know her.</p> + +<p>Let the history of Fanny teach all little girls that to be <i>good</i> is to +be <i>happy</i>!</p> + +<hr class="short" /> + +<p>"What an interesting story," said Anne, as she shut the book: <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>"now I +find what a silly thing it is to be naughty, I will always try to be +good."</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Do my dear child, and you will be sure of success. It +gives me pleasure to see you so attentive to the instructions contained +in the stories you read.</p> + +<h3>SECOND LESSON.</h3> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> We talked about letters yesterday: to-day I will explain +figures or numbers to you, the following is a list of them: those +letters which stand for numbers are called <i>numeral letters</i>.</p> + +<table summary="Numeral Letters"> +<tr> +<td class="right">1</td> +<td>I</td> +<td>One</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">2</td> +<td>II</td> +<td>Two</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">3</td> +<td>III</td> +<td>Three</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">4</td> +<td>IV</td> +<td>Four</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">5</td> +<td>V</td> +<td>Five <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">6</td> +<td>VI</td> +<td>Six</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">7</td> +<td>VII</td> +<td>Seven</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">8</td> +<td>VIII</td> +<td>Eight</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">9</td> +<td>IX</td> +<td>Nine</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">10</td> +<td>X</td> +<td>Ten</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">11</td> +<td>XI</td> +<td>Eleven</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">12</td> +<td>XII</td> +<td>Twelve</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">13</td> +<td>XIII</td> +<td>Thirteen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">14</td> +<td>XIV</td> +<td>Fourteen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">15</td> +<td>XV</td> +<td>Fifteen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">16</td> +<td>XVI</td> +<td>Sixteen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">17</td> +<td>XVII</td> +<td>Seventeen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">18</td> +<td>XVIII</td> +<td>Eighteen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">19</td> +<td>XIX</td> +<td>Nineteen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">20</td> +<td>XX</td> +<td>Twenty</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">21</td> +<td>XXI</td> +<td>Twenty-one</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">22</td> +<td>XXII</td> +<td>Twenty-two</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">23</td> +<td>XXIII</td> +<td>Twenty-three</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">24</td> +<td>XXIV</td> +<td>Twenty-four</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">25</td> +<td>XXV</td> +<td>Twenty-five</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">30</td> +<td>XXX</td> +<td>Thirty</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">36</td> +<td>XXXVI</td> +<td>Thirty-six</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">40</td> +<td>XL</td> +<td>Forty</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">47</td> +<td>XLVII</td> +<td>Forty-seven <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">50</td> +<td>L</td> +<td>Fifty</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">60</td> +<td>LX</td> +<td>Sixty</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">70</td> +<td>LXX</td> +<td>Seventy</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">80</td> +<td>LXXX</td> +<td>Eighty</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">90</td> +<td>XC</td> +<td>Ninety</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">100</td> +<td>C</td> +<td>One hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">200</td> +<td>CC</td> +<td>Two hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">300</td> +<td>CCC</td> +<td>Three hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">400</td> +<td>CCCC</td> +<td>Four hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">500</td> +<td>D</td> +<td>Five hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">600</td> +<td>DC</td> +<td>Six hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">700</td> +<td>DCC</td> +<td>Seven hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">800</td> +<td>DCCC</td> +<td>Eight hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">900</td> +<td>DCD</td> +<td>Nine hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">1000</td> +<td>M</td> +<td>One thousand</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">1100</td> +<td>MC</td> +<td>One thousand one hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">1500</td> +<td>MD</td> +<td>One thousand five hundred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">1812</td> +<td>MDCCCXII</td> +<td>One thousand eight hundred and twelve</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p> + +<p>In the above list you perceive the numeral letters are I, V, X, L, C, +D, and M; the letter that stands for a smaller sum put before one that +denotes a greater takes so many from it, and that after it adds so many +to it.</p> + +<p>The numbers you learned long ago; but I don't think you know the +numeration table, it will teach you to read any number of figures not +exceeding nine: the last figure on the right hand denotes <i>units</i>, or +single figures, the one before that tens, then <i>hundreds</i>, <i>thousands</i>, +<i>tens of thousands</i>, <i>hundreds of thousands</i>, <i>tens of hundreds of +thousands</i>, <i>millions</i>, <i>tens of millions</i>, <i>hundreds of millions</i>, now +my dear read the following number, 123,456,789.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> One hundred and twenty three millions, four hundred and fifty +six thousand, seven hundred and eighty nine.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Right; it is absolutely necessary to be able to read +figures perfectly, before you can learn arithmetic.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> What is arithmetic, mamma?</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> The act of numbering, or computing by numbers, my dear. +The four principal rules of arithmetic are addition, subtraction, +multiplication, and division.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> I wish you would explain them to me.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Addition teaches to collect several numbers together in +order to know their total value. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>The answer to a question in addition +is therefore called the <i>sum</i>, <i>total</i>, or <i>amount</i>; subtraction teaches +to take a less number from a greater, in order to know the remainder. +The answer in subtraction is called the <i>remainder</i>, or <i>difference</i>.</p> + +<p>Multiplication teaches to find the amount of any given number repeated a +certain number of times. The answer in multiplication is called the +<i>product</i>. The three terms made use of in multiplication are, the +multiplicand, or number to be multiplied; the multiplier, or number that +multiplies; and the product or answer, which is the amount of the +multiplicand and multiplier.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span></p> + +<p>Division teaches to find how often one number is contained in another. +The answer in division is called the <i>quotient</i>. The four terms made use +of in division are, the dividend or number to be divided, the divisor, +or number that divides, the quotient or answer which is the number of +times one number is contained in another, and the remainder or what is +left after dividing.</p> + +<p>This explanation of arithmetic must serve you for the present, you shall +learn the multiplication table, and do some sums every day, and when you +are thoroughly acquainted with these rules, we will proceed to the +others.</p> + +<h2><i>CHAPTER III.</i><br /> +<br /> +<img src="images/dec.png" height="14" width="100" alt="" /><br /> +<br /> +<span class="caption">SATURDAY.</span></h2> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Come hither my dear Anne. Your smiling countenance tells +me I may give you a story, so take the book and let us hear the</p> + +<h3 class="story">History of an Orphan.</h3> + +<p>One fine autumnal morning in the year 1789, John and Cicely Wortham, +with their little son Robert, began a long journey into the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>North of +England. They had hitherto resided at a small village near Abergavenny +in South Wales, and there they would most probably have ended their +days, had not John been informed of the death of a distant relation at +Durham, to whose property he knew himself to be the rightful heir, +though to secure it, he found it necessary to repair thither. Having, +therefore, disposed of his Welsh hut, and converted all his furniture +into money, he removed to London, and after spending a few days there, +secured places on the outside of a stage-coach, which was to convey him +with his family about half way on their journey.</p> + +<p>Their conversation chiefly turned <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>on the friends they had left, and the +hopes of finding as kind ones in the country whither they were going. +Robert was too young to be interested in either the hopes or fears of +his parents; at the age of six months he slept as comfortably on his +mother's red cloak as if he had been placed on a bed of down.</p> + +<p>Towards the close of their second day's journey the sky began to darken, +and a violent storm of hail and rain completely penetrated the cloaths +of our poor travellers. However, as they had been always accustomed to +the inclemency of the weather they did not much mind it, and Cicely, who +was an excellent mother, took care to prevent her boy from feeling any +inconvenience. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>In this manner they proceeded for several miles, till at +length a large stone in the winding of the road overturned the carriage +and dashed all the outside passengers with violence to the ground. Poor +Cicely was killed on the spot; John had his leg and three of his ribs +broken, but little Robert escaped unhurt. This unfortunate family were +carried to a neighbouring farm-house, a surgeon was sent for who set +John's leg, but all attempts to recover Cicely were fruitless, a +stronger and more powerful hand than that of the surgeon had for ever +closed her eyes! The melancholy intelligence was for some hours +concealed from her husband, but at length he enquired for his <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>wife, and +soon discovered in the mournful countenances of those around him that +she was no more. This fatal news, together with the pain of his leg and +side, so agitated his mind, that his fever increased to a very alarming +degree; and the third day from that on which the accident happened, poor +John Wortham lay a lifeless corpse by the side of his beloved Cicely.</p> + +<p>The humane farmer into whose house they had been carried when the coach +overset, ordered them to be decently buried. Little Robert attended at +their funeral, but was quite unconscious of his loss, though he sadly +cried for that nourishment he would never more receive from the breast +of a mother.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span></p> + +<p>When the undertaker's bill and other expences were paid, farmer Hodson +found that no more than six guineas remained for the young orphan. The +trunks and pockets of his parents were carefully searched, but no paper +appeared that gave the least information either of the name or residence +of the unfortunate pair. Hodson made every enquiry that seemed most +likely to lead to a discovery of little Robert's remaining relations: he +advertised the circumstance in several papers, but in vain, and he at +length gave up the fruitless search. Though by no means in flourishing +circumstances himself, yet he had not the heart to send the poor orphan +to the parish, and as he had no children of his own, it was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>agreed, +with his wife's consent, to bring him up as their adopted son. Dame +Hodson took the greatest care of her little nursling, and she had the +satisfaction of seeing his daily improvement in health and good humour.</p> + +<p>As Robert grew in years, he discovered to his kind friends a heart +framed for the reception of every noble and virtuous sentiment: by the +time he attained his twelfth year he was their chief delight, and the +affectionate supporter of their declining years. Time passed on, Hodson +could not labour as he had done, and two bad years, joined to his +infirmities, reduced the family to much distress. Now was the time for +the farmer to reap the reward of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>his generous compassion to a forlorn +infant. Robert, ever industrious, earned enough with his own hands to +maintain his benefactors. Were they sick, Robert was their nurse—were +they sad, Robert was their comforter—he read to them, cheered their +drooping spirits, and smoothed the pillow of declining years.</p> + +<p>It happened about this time, that a gentleman of the name of Goldworthy, +bought a large estate in the county where farmer Hodson resided; he +heard the story of young Robert, and felt greatly interested for the +whole family. He visited them, and found the accounts that had been +given him were strictly true, and from that time he resolved <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>to be +their friend. Mr. Goldworthy, though master of a large fortune, and +consequently placed above the reach of many misfortunes to which the +more indigent are exposed, yet possessed a heart always alive to the +distresses of others.—He determined with Hodson's consent, to take +charge of young Robert, and fit him for some respectable employment, +where he might have a larger scope for the exercise of his virtues and +more abundant means for gratifying his generous disposition. Hodson with +gratitude accepted Mr. Goldworthy's proposal; but no temptation, however +alluring to his youthful mind, could induce our hero to quit his old and +earliest friends, till Mr. Goldworthy promised to remove <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>them to a +cottage adjoining his own house, where they should be furnished with +every thing necessary to their support. Here they spent many happy +years, and had the heartfelt satisfaction of seeing their beloved boy +grow up a respectable and worthy member of society, a useful assistant +to his benefactor, and a friend to the poor.</p> + +<hr class="short" /> + +<p>"Dear mamma," said Anne, "I am quite delighted with farmer Hodson and +his wife: they deserved Mr. Goldworthy's kindness to them, and what a +sweet little boy Robert must have been!"</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Yes, my dear, he was an excellent youth, and his good +conduct met its reward in the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>affection of his friends. I wish you, my +dear child, to be convinced, from this story, that there is no situation +in life, however humble, which does not afford opportunities for +exercising those duties recommended to us by our Saviour.—To feed the +hungry, to clothe the naked, and to comfort the afflicted, is, to a +certain degree, in the power of us all. You may be in a situation that +will enable you to dispense comfort to many; but in relieving strangers, +never forget the duties you owe to your own family; be mild and +submissive when they correct you, obedient to their wishes, attentive to +their instructions, and endeavour by the affectionate gratitude of your +conduct, to repay the many hours of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>anxious solicitude they must spend +on your account.</p> + +<p>Lift up your heart with gratitude to the great God who made you, and, +when you reflect on the many blessings you enjoy, never, if you do meet +with little disappointments, give way to discontent and murmurings. +Remember, it is easy to be good humoured when every thing happens +agreeably to our wishes: it is only by cheerfully submitting to the +opposition of them that a really good temper is proved. We must now +hasten to our other business, or we shall not have time to finish it +before dinner.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> I am quite ready to attend to you, dear mamma; Grammar, I think, +is to be the subject of our <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>lesson. What is the meaning of the word +Grammar?</p> + +<h3>THIRD LESSON.</h3> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> The shortest definition I can give you of Grammar, is I +believe, my dear, by saying, that it is the art of speaking and writing +a language correctly. By parts of speech are meant the different kinds +of words of which a language is composed: ours is the English language, +and it contains <i>nine</i> parts of speech, which are,</p> + +<p class="list"> +The Article,<br /> +The Noun or Substantive,<br /> +The Pronoun,<br /> +The Adjective,<br /> +The Verb,<br /> +The Adverb,<br /> +The Preposition, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span><br /> +The Conjunction,<br /> +The Interjection.</p> + +<p>Do you think you can remember their names, Anne.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> I will try do so, mamma.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> I will now give you a short explanation of them. An +article is placed before a substantive to limit or determine its +meaning; the articles are <i>a</i>, <i>an</i>, and <i>the</i>; <i>a</i> or <i>an</i> is called +the <i>indefinite article</i>, because it does not point out any particular +object: <i>the</i> is called the <i>definite article</i> because it determines +what particular object is meant. Do you understand this explanation, my +dear?</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Perfectly mamma; <i>a</i> man, <i>an</i> orange, mean any man, or any +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>orange; but <i>the</i> man, <i>the</i> orange, refer to some particular man or +orange.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Quite right, <i>a</i> you perceive is used before a consonant +and <i>an</i> before a vowel.</p> + +<p>A noun is the name of a <i>person</i>, <i>place</i>, or <i>thing</i>. Nouns are divided +into <i>proper</i> and <i>common</i>; <i>proper nouns</i> are the names of particular +persons, places, or things, common nouns are the names that belong to +all persons, places or things of the same kind. Give me some examples.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Anne, Clapham, Limetree, are proper nouns; girl, village, tree, +are common nouns.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> <i>Gender</i> is the distinction of sex; there are three +genders, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>the <i>masculine</i> which denotes the male kind as, a man: the +<i>feminine</i> which denotes the female kind as, a woman: and the <i>neuter</i> +which denotes things without animated life as, a cabbage.</p> + +<p><i>Number</i> is the distinction of one from many: there are two numbers, the +<i>singular</i> which speaks of one; and the <i>plural</i> which speaks of more +than one. Tell me some nouns with their genders and numbers.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> I know that mamma is a noun of the feminine gender and singular +number; men is a noun masculine and plural; table is neuter and +singular.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Very well. A <i>Pronoun</i> is used to avoid repeating the +noun as, Frederic was good, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span><i>he</i> went out. There are four kinds of +pronouns. <i>Personal pronouns</i>, as, <i>I</i>, <i>me</i>; <i>thou</i>, <i>thee</i>; <i>he</i>, +<i>him</i>; <i>she</i>, <i>her</i>; <i>it</i>: <i>we</i>, <i>us</i>; <i>you</i>; <i>they</i>, <i>them</i>. +<i>Possessive pronouns</i> which denote property, as, <i>my</i>, <i>mine</i>; <i>thy</i>, +<i>thine</i>; <i>his</i>; <i>her</i>, <i>hers</i>; <i>its</i>: <i>our</i>, <i>ours</i>; <i>your</i>, <i>yours</i>; +<i>their</i>, <i>theirs</i>; <i>whose</i>, <i>ones</i>, and <i>anothers</i>. <i>Relative pronouns</i> +which refer to a noun going before or coming after them; they are, +<i>who</i>, <i>whom</i>, <i>which</i>, <i>what</i>, and <i>whether</i>. <i>Demonstrative pronouns</i> +point out some particular object; they are, <i>this</i>, <i>these</i>; <i>that</i>, and +<i>those</i>.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> I don't think I can remember all these words without reading +them over a great many times, but I quite understand the use of the +pronoun, for it would be <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>very awkward to say, Mary played, Mary +laughed, and Mary danced; I ought to say, Mary played, she laughed, and +she danced.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> I am pleased with your attention. The <i>adjective</i> +explains the <i>quality</i>, <i>colour</i>, <i>form</i>, <i>size</i>, or any other property +of the noun, as, good, blue, square, large. The signification of +adjectives may be increased or diminished, and this is called +<i>comparison</i>; there are two degrees of comparison, the comparative, +which increases or diminishes the quality, is formed by adding <i>er</i> to +the adjective in its positive state; the superlative increases or +diminishes the comparative to its last degree, and is formed by adding +<i>est</i> to the adjective in its positive or <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>original state, as long, +longer, longest; short, shorter, shortest. When the adjective consists +of more than two syllables, the comparative and superlative are formed +by prefixing the words more and most to the adjective; as, beautiful, +more beautiful, most beautiful. Some adjectives differ entirely from +these rules in forming their comparison, as, good, better, best; bad, +worse, worst. Now, some examples.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Fine is an adjective because it is a quality, black because it +is a colour, coarse is an adjective in its positive state, brighter is +the comparative degree, and youngest is the superlative.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> A <i>verb</i> is a word which signifies <i>to be</i>, <i>to do</i>, or +<i>to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>suffer</i>. Verbs are divided into <i>neuter</i>, <i>active</i>, and <i>passive</i>. +Neuter verbs merely signify being, or that kind of action which has no +effect upon any thing beyond the performer, as, <i>I am</i>, <i>I sit</i>, <i>I +walk</i>. (You may distinguish those neuter verbs that seem to imply action +from active verbs by their making a complete sense by themselves, +whereas active verbs always require a noun or pronoun after them to +finish the sense.)</p> + +<p><i>Active verbs</i>, denote action as, I eat, I love, I work. <i>Passive +verbs</i>, denote suffering, they are only the <i>participle passive</i> of an +active verb with a tense of the neuter verb <i>to be</i> before it; as, <i>I am +loved</i>, <i>you are dressed</i>.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span></p> + +<p>Any word is a verb before which you can place a <i>noun</i>, a <i>pronoun</i>, or +the word <i>to</i>, as <i>Mary talks</i>, <i>he works</i>, <i>to be</i>. The different times +when actions are performed are called <i>tenses</i>, there are properly only +three, the present, as <i>I am</i>, the past as <i>I was</i>, and the future as <i>I +shall be</i>; but these are subdivided into others; and there are a great +many other things relating to verbs, which you shall learn when you are +a little older.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Thank you, mamma, I believe I understand all that you have told +me about verbs, except the meaning of <i>participle passive</i>.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> A <i>participle passive</i>, my dear, is that part of a verb +which follows a tense of either of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>verbs <i>to have</i>, or <i>to be</i>. +Some people consider it a distinct part of speech.</p> + +<p><i>Adverbs</i> denote <i>time</i>, <i>place</i>, <i>manner</i>, and <i>quantity</i>; therefore +you may always know them by recollecting their meaning: <i>to-day</i>, +<i>there</i>, <i>prettily</i>, <i>much</i>, are adverbs.</p> + +<p>Prepositions serve to connect words with one another and to shew the +relation between them. They require some word after them to complete the +sense; as, come <i>to</i> me, <i>up</i>, <i>down</i>, <i>to</i>, <i>from</i>, <i>for</i>, are +prepositions.</p> + +<p>Conjunctions join words and sentences together, as you <i>and</i> I are +going, <i>but</i> she stays at home.</p> + +<p>Interjections express some emotion of the mind as, Alas! Oh! Ah!</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span></p> + +<p>I am afraid, my dear, you are quite tired of this long lesson, but I +don't expect you to remember all I have told you; we will talk over a +<i>very</i> small portion of it every day, and then in time you will be able +to tell me what part of speech any word is that I may ask you.—I will +give you a little example to shew you what I mean and then you shall run +away.</p> + +<p>The rose in your nosegay was very beautiful a little while ago; but +alas! it is now quite dead!</p> + +<p><i>The</i>, an article definite—<i>rose</i>, a substantive, neuter gender, +singular number—<i>in</i>, a preposition—<i>your</i>, a possessive +pronoun—<i>nosegay</i>, a substantive—<i>was</i>, a verb neuter past +tense—<i>very</i>, an adverb—<i>beautiful</i>, an adjective—<i>a</i>, an article +indefinite—<i>little</i>, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>an adjective—<i>while</i>, a substantive—<i>ago</i>, an +adverb—<i>but</i>, a conjunction—<i>alas!</i>, an interjection—<i>it</i>, a personal +pronoun neuter gender—<i>is</i>, a verb—<i>now</i>, an adverb—<i>quite</i>, an +adverb,—<i>dead</i>, a verb, participle passive.</p> + +<hr class="short" /> + +<p>Children might soon understand that a case in grammar signifies the +different terminations of nouns and pronouns. A noun has two cases, the +nominative which simply names the object: it generally precedes the +verb, and answers to the questions who? which? what? The genitive +denotes possession and is formed by adding an apostrophe, and the letter +<i>s</i> to the nominative; it answers to the question whose? <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>When the +plural nominative ends in <i>s</i> the apostrophe only is added: ex. <i>Anne</i> +plays. Who? Anne.—<i>Mary's</i> gown. Whose? <i>Mary's.</i>—<i>Birds'</i> feathers. +Whose? <i>Birds'.</i></p> + +<p>A personal pronoun has two cases the <i>nominative</i> and the <i>objective</i>. +The nominative precedes the verb, and requires it to be of the same +person and number as itself; it answers to the questions, who? which? +what? The objective follows the verb, and answers to the question whom? +ex. <i>I</i> dance, who? <i>I.</i>—We love <i>her</i>, whom? <i>her.</i></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span></p> + +<table summary="Personal Pronouns"> +<tr> +<th colspan="2"><span class="smcap">Singular.</span></th> +<th colspan="2"><span class="smcap">Plural.</span></th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td><i>Nom.</i></td> +<td><i>Objec.</i></td> +<td><i>Nom.</i></td> +<td><i>Objec.</i></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>I</td> +<td>Me</td> +<td>We</td> +<td>Us</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Thou</td> +<td>Thee</td> +<td>You</td> +<td>You</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>He</td> +<td>Him</td> +<td>They</td> +<td>Them</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>She</td> +<td>Her</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>It</td> +<td>It</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>The accusative case of the relative pronoun <i>who</i> is <i>whom</i>.</p> + +<h2><i>CHAPTER IV</i><br /> +<br /> +<img src="images/dec.png" height="14" width="100" alt="" /><br /> +<br /> +<span class="caption">SUNDAY.</span></h2> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Come hither, my love: you know that to-day is called +<i>Sunday</i>, and is set apart for the observance of <i>religious</i> duties.</p> + +<p>You have read in the Bible that God created the heavens, the earth, the +sea, and all that therein is, in the space of six days, that he rested +on the seventh, and called that day holy, ordering his people so to +observe it, and to abstain from every kind of labour throughout its +duration. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>Therefore, the Jews, to whom this commandment was originally +given, keep their sabbath on Saturday, the last day in the week; but +Christians, who have been taught the blessed religion of Jesus, begin +the week with praising God. No command for changing the day of worship +seems ever to have been given, either by our Saviour or the apostles; +but we know that it was the custom of the earliest Christians, even +during our Lord's time, to meet together on the first day of the week +for the purpose of holding religious assemblies; and all nations which +have embraced the religion of the New Testament have adhered to this +practice.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Thank you, mamma. Will <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>you now perform your promise of giving +me a new morning and evening prayer?</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> In the evening I will, my dear; but at present, I wish to +give you a short account of the contents of the books contained in the +sacred volumes. As yet you have only read detached parts of them, and +before you proceed to a more general perusal, it may be useful to have +some distinct idea of the whole. The account I shall give you I have +chiefly extracted from Dr. Prettyman's Elements of Christian Theology.</p> + +<p>All the books of the Bible were originally written in Hebrew, excepting +a few passages towards the conclusion of the volume, which <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>appear in +the Chaldee tongue. The English translation used in all our churches was +begun and completed in the reign of James the first.</p> + +<p>The five first books of the Bible are, Genesis, which begins with an +account of the creation of the world, and ends with the death of Joseph.</p> + +<p>Exodus, which relates the departure of the Israelites out of Egypt; +their bondage in that country, deliverance by Moses, and the +promulgation of the law.</p> + +<p>Leviticus, which describes the offices and duties of the Levites and +priests.</p> + +<p>Numbers, which contains an account of the numbering of the people in the +wilderness when a very <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>miraculous increase was found to have taken +place since the arrival of Jacob and his family in Egypt.</p> + +<p>Deuteronomy, which contains a repetition of the civil and moral law, and +ends with the death of Moses. These five books are called the +Pentateuch, and were written by Moses. They contain the history of 2552 +years and a half.</p> + +<p>Joshua, contains an account of the conquest and division of Canaan among +the twelve tribes, and ends with the death of Joshua. This book is +supposed to have been written by himself, excepting the last few verses, +which were added by one of his successors.</p> + +<p>Judges gives an account of the Jewish history from the death of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>Moses +to that of Sampson. It was most probably written by Samuel.</p> + +<p>Ruth contains the history of the person of that name, a native of Moab: +she married Boaz an Israelite, and was the great grandmother of David. +This book is generally ascribed to Samuel. The first book of Samuel +completes the government of the Judges, and relates the appointment of +Saul to be king of Israel, the rejection of his family, and the +anointing of David.</p> + +<p>The second book of Samuel continues the history of David after the death +of Saul. Most probably, Samuel wrote the first 24 chapters of the first +book, and the prophets Gad and Nathan the remainder of it, and all the +second.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span></p><p>The first book of Kings commences with an account of the death of +David, and continues to that of Jehosaphat.</p> + +<p>The second book of Kings continues the history of the kings of Judah and +Israel to the destruction of the city and temple of Jerusalem by +Nebuchadnezzar. These books were probably compiled by Ezra, from the +records which were kept both at Jerusalem and Samaria of all public +transactions.</p> + +<p>The two books of Chronicles contain a great many genealogical tables, +and various circumstances omitted in the other historical books of +Scripture.</p> + +<p>Ezra, continues the Jewish history from the edict of Cyrus (which +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>permitted the Jews to return to their own land, and rebuild their +temple,) to the reform effected among them, by Ezra and Nehemiah. Ezra +wrote part of this book in Chaldee.</p> + +<p>Nehemiah gives an account of his own appointment to the government of +Judea, and his administration to the year of the world 3595, at which +period the scripture history closes.</p> + +<p>Esther, contains the history of a Jewish captive of that name, who by +her good qualities gained the affections of Ahasuerus, and was by him +raised to the throne of Persia. It is supposed that by Ahasuerus is +meant Artaxerxes Longimanus. There is great diversity of opinion +concerning the author of this book; it has been ascribed to Ezra, to +Mordecai, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>and to the joint labours of the great synagogue.</p> + +<p>Job, contains the history of a man remarkable for his piety and +patience, under severe afflictions. The author of this book is very +uncertain. Some ascribe it to Moses, others to Job himself.</p> + +<p>The Psalms, are a collection of hymns in praise of God, written by +different persons, but as the greater part of them was composed by +David, they are generally called the Psalms of David.</p> + +<p>The Proverbs, are a collection of short sentences, written by Solomon, +in which much excellent advice is contained.</p> + +<p>Ecclesiastes, is supposed to have been written by Solomon, after he +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>repented of the idolatry and sin into which he fell, towards the close +of his life, and with the design to point out the vanity of worldly +pursuits, in order to induce men to prepare for that state, where there +will be no vanity nor vexation of spirit.</p> + +<p>The Song of Solomon, is a pastoral dialogue, supposed to have been +written by him, upon his marriage with the daughter of Pharoah.</p> + +<p>It is universally allowed that the 16 Prophetical Books, and the +Lamentations of Jeremiah, which describe the desolation of Judah, during +the Babylonian captivity, and prophecy the still greater misfortunes to +be suffered at a future time, were written by the persons whose names +they bear.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span></p><p>The four great prophets were, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, and +Daniel.—The twelve minor prophets were, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, +Jonah, Micah, Nahum, Habbakuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah, and +Malachi.</p> + +<p>The books of the New Testament were all originally written in Greek; +except St. Matthew's Gospel, and St. Paul's Epistle to the Hebrews, +which many commentators suppose to have been originally composed in +Hebrew, and then immediately translated into Greek; but opinions in this +respect are much divided.</p> + +<p>The Four Gospels, written by Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John, give an +account of the life, ministry, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>death, and resurrection of our Saviour.</p> + +<p>The Acts of the Apostles written by Luke, gives an historical account of +the progress of Christianity after our Saviour's ascension. The latter +part of the book is confined to the history of Saint Paul, of whom St. +Luke was the constant companion for many years.</p> + +<p>Of the fourteen Epistles ascribed to St. Paul, viz. Romans, 1 and 2 to +the Corinthians, Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, 1 and 2 +to the Thessalonians, 1 and 2 to Timothy, Titus, Philemon, and Hebrews, +the first thirteen have, in all ages of the Church, been universally +acknowledged to be written by him. Many doubts have been entertained +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>concerning the author of the Epistle to the Hebrews. St. Paul was born +at Tarsus the principal city of Cilicia in Asia Minor, and was by birth +both a Jew and a citizen of Rome. St. Paul is not mentioned in the +Gospels, nor is it known whether he ever heard our Saviour preach. His +name is first noticed in the account of St. Stephen's Martyrdom, which +was followed by a severe persecution of the Church at Jerusalem, in +which St. Paul, (who was then called Saul) distinguished himself among +its enemies, by his activity and violence. He was going to Damascus, to +bring back bound any Christians whom he might find there, when his +miraculous conversion took place: after which, he became one of the most +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>zealous preachers of the Gospel; and as he devoted much of his time to +the instruction of the Gentiles, he is called the <i>Apostle of the +Gentiles</i>. Gentiles, was the appellation by which all nations were +distinguished, that were not Jews, and consequently the Gentiles were +Pagans. St. Paul performed many voyages and journies in the service of +the Christian religion, and the New Testament history closes A. D. 63, +with his release from a two years imprisonment at Rome; no ancient +author has left any particulars of the remaining part of this Apostle's +life.</p> + +<p>The Epistle of St. James was written by that Apostle, who is called +James the Less, the son of Alphæus or Cleophat, which are supposed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>to +be the same name, differently written. It contains much excellent +instruction.</p> + +<p>The two Epistles of St. Peter, were written by that Apostle, who enjoyed +the favour of his divine master, in a peculiar degree. St. Peter seems +to have been almost the constant companion of our Lord, and was +extremely zealous in propagating his religion, though he was +occasionally led into great errors, particularly the denial of his +master, but his bitter remorse and repentance, prove that his sorrow for +this crime was sincere. He admitted Cornelius, the first Gentile +convert, into the Christian faith, but as the chief of his instructions +were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>confined to the Jews, he is called the apostle of the Jews.</p> + +<p>The three Epistles of St. John, were written by the apostle who was +favoured with the greatest share of our Saviour's affection. He leaned +on his bosom at the last supper, and was one of the first who were made +acquainted with his resurrection.</p> + +<p>The Epistle of St. Jude was written by the apostle, who was also called +Lebbæus and Thaddæus, he was the brother of James the Less, and +excepting in the catalogue of the apostles, is only once mentioned in +the Gospels. (John chap. 14, verse 22).</p> + +<p>The Revelation of John the divine, was written by the same Evangelist +and Apostle who wrote the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>Gospels and Epistles bearing that name. The +Revelation is a prophetical book, and was written by St. John, during +his banishment to the isle of Patmos, in the time of Domitian. St. John +is supposed to have been the youngest of the Apostles, and to have +survived all the rest. He died at Ephesus in Asia Minor, in the third +year of the emperor Trajan's reign, A. D. 100.—The Apostles were twelve +good men, whom Jesus chose to be the ministers of his gospel. They were +entrusted with the power of working miracles: and their names were, +Simon Peter, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, Andrew, +Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>Alphæus (called +also James the Less,) Thaddeus whose sirname was Jude, Simon the +Canaanite, and Judas Iscariot.—After the death of Judas Iscariot who +betrayed our Saviour, Matthias was chosen in his stead.</p> + +<p>The Disciples of Christ, were those who learned of him as their master.</p> + +<p>Thus, my dear, I have given you a short account of all the books +contained in the sacred volumes. I will now mention to you, a few of the +principal Jewish sects, and then proceed to some description of the +history of that people.</p> + +<p>There does not appear to have been any difference of religious opinions +among the Jews, till after the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>cessation of prophecy: most of them +sprang up, subsequent to the return from the Babylonian captivity.</p> + +<p>The Scribes are not usually considered as a religious sect: they were +writers of the law, and often perverted the meaning of the text, instead +of explaining it. "Scribes," "doctors of the law," and "lawyers," were +only different names for the same class of men.</p> + +<p>The Pharisees believed in the immortality of the soul, the resurrection +of the dead, and in a future state of rewards and punishments. "Trusting +in themselves that they were righteous," they despised the rest of +mankind, were entirely destitute of humility towards God, and paid more +attention to outward <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>ceremonies than to the duties of moral virtue.</p> + +<p>The Sadducees denied the resurrection of the dead, and the immortality +of the soul; therefore, confining all their hopes to this present world, +they devoted themselves to its pleasures, and only punished the crimes +which disturbed the public tranquillity.</p> + +<p>The Nazarites, of whom we read in the Old and New Testament, were +persons either devoted to God by their parents, or who devoted +themselves for life, or for a limited time. The only three instances of +Nazarites devoted to God by their parents before their birth, are +Sampson, Samuel, and John the Baptist.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span></p> + +<p>The Herodians were partizans of Herod the Great.</p> + +<p>The Galileans, so called from their leader Judas of Galilee, were a very +turbulent and seditious sect, and by degrees united to themselves almost +all the other sects.</p> + +<p>The Publicans were not of any sect, civil or religious, but merely +tax-gatherers, and collectors of customs due to the Romans. The +Publicans were generally Jews, and by their employment were rendered +odious to their brethren.</p> + +<p>Proselytes were those persons, who being Gentiles by birth, came over to +the Jewish religion, but retained that name, till they were admitted +into the congregation of the Lord, as adopted children.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span></p> + +<p>The land of Canaan, so named from Canaan the son of Ham, whose +posterity possessed this land, as well as Egypt or Mizraim, lies in the +western part of Asia. Its boundaries were to the north, Cœlo Syria; +to the west, the Mediterranean Sea; to the east, Arabia Deserta; and to +the south and south west, Arabia Petrea and Egypt. Its extent was about +200 miles from north to south, and its breadth 100.—It was divided into +two parts, by the river Jordan; the capital was Jerusalem, (supposed to +have been the Salem of Melchisedek.) The whole country was also called +Palestine from the Philistines, who inhabiting the western coast, were +first known to the Romans, and being by them <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>corruptly called +Palestines, gave that name to the country; but it was more commonly +called Judea, as the land of the Jews. Since our Saviour's advent it has +been called the Holy land, but in modern writers, all distinction is +frequently lost in the name of Syria, which is given to the whole +country east of the Mediterranean, between the sea and the desert.</p> + +<hr class="short" /> + +<p>The government of the Jews partook of the patriarchal form, as much as +was consistent with the condition and circumstances of a nation.</p> + +<p>The leaders or princes of the 12 tribes, possessed a peculiar and +supreme authority over each tribe, as <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>their chief magistrate and leader +in time of war.</p> + +<p>The elders or rulers of cities, only exercised authority in their own +respective cities, and as well as the princes were subject to the great +council.</p> + +<p>The Sanhedrim or great national council of the Jews was established by +Moses: it consisted of 70 persons, besides the president, who after the +time of Moses was usually the High Priest.</p> + +<hr class="short" /> + +<p>The Septuagint is a Greek translation of the Bible, made at Alexandria, +when Ptolemy Philadelphus was king of Egypt. It is often signified in +books by "the LXX."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span></p><p>The Vulgate was a very ancient version of the Bible in Latin.</p> + +<p>The Bible commences with an account of the creation of the world, 4004 +B. C., the history of our first parents, their deviation from virtue, +and the evil consequences that ensued. To Adam and Eve were born sons +and daughters. The only three mentioned by name, are Cain, Abel and +Seth, and the sacred historian has chiefly confined himself to the +posterity of Seth, from whom Noah descended: in his time mankind became +very wicked, and to punish them, God sent a violent rain upon the earth +which caused a general deluge, and all the inhabitants of the world were +drowned, except <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>Noah, his wife, their three sons, Shem, Ham, and +Japhet, and their wives, and a few animals of every kind. The +descendants of Noah and his sons multiplied greatly, and "they were all +of one language," after a time the whole race of men moved from their +original habitations in Armenia, and settled in the plains of Shinar +near the Euphrates. Here they determined to establish themselves, and +build a tower whose top might reach the heavens. God was displeased with +this work, which seems to have been undertaken in defiance of his power, +and he confounded the language of those who were engaged in it. This +obliged them to discontinue their labour; they soon after dispersed, and +the different <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>parts of the world became inhabited.</p> + +<p>Terah the father of Abraham was a descendant of Shem; he settled with +his family in Haran in Mesopotamia, where he died: God soon after +commanded Abraham to remove with his wife Sarah into the land of Canaan, +and here when they were far advanced in age, their son Isaac was born. +God made many remarkable promises to Abraham, and one of them was, "that +in him all the families of the earth should be blessed." This was a +declaration that the Messiah should be a descendant of Abraham. To make +trial of his obedience, God ordered him to offer up Isaac, as a burnt +offering on Mount Moriah, but just as he <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>was going to slay him, an +angel of the Lord appeared, and told him not to touch the lad, but to +take a ram and offer it up in his stead. It was upon this mountain that +Solomon's temple was afterwards built and here our Saviour was +crucified, the mountain being then called Calvary.</p> + +<p>Isaac married Rebekah, and had two sons, Esau and Jacob. Jacob though +the younger obtained the rights of primogeniture; he also procured his +father's blessing by very unjustifiable means; and then repaired to +Padan-aram to take a wife out of his own family. He married Leah and +Rachel, and had twelve sons, who were called the twelve Patriarchs or +fathers of the 12 tribes <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>of Israel, their names were, Reuben, Simeon, +Levi, Judah, Dan, Naphthali, Gad, Asher, Issachar, Zabulon, Joseph and +Benjamin. They were all born in Padan-aram; but Jacob returned to Canaan +before his father's death. Joseph was the favourite son of Jacob; on +which account his brethren hated him, and at length sold him to some +Ishmaelites, who were merchants, and the descendants of Ishmael a son of +Abraham; these Ishmaelites carried Joseph into Egypt, where he became a +slave to Potiphar, the chief officer under the king. His good conduct +soon gained the esteem and confidence of his master, but the wickedness +of Potiphar's wife caused him to be thrown into prison. He <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>was released +from this confinement, in order to interpret two dreams of Pharoah's. +God enabled him to discover that they predicted seven years of plenty +which would be followed by seven years of famine; and the wise advice +Joseph gave the king on this subject, induced the monarch to raise him +to a very high office in his kingdom, and entrust to him the whole care +of collecting and managing the corn. This famine was severely felt in +Canaan, and Jacob sent his sons into Egypt to purchase corn. Joseph +recognised his brethren, and after putting them to several trials, for +the purpose of making them properly sensible of their former cruel +conduct, he discovered himself to them in a very affectionate <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>manner; +he enquired concerning his father, and when he found the old man was +still alive, he desired his brothers to fetch him, and their families +out of Canaan. Jacob who had bitterly wept the loss of his favourite +son, whom he believed from the accounts of his other children to have +been devoured by a wild beast, rejoiced when he heard of his safety, and +desired to go to Egypt to see him before he died. Pharoah gave Joseph's +family the land of Goshen for their residence; and during his reign, the +Hebrews were held in great estimation. The descendants of Jacob +multiplied to so great a degree, that about sixty years after the death +of Joseph, the king who then reigned over Egypt became <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>jealous of their +numbers, and endeavoured to check their increase by slaying the infants, +and reducing the parents to a state of slavery. They suffered many +hardships during several years, but at length God was pleased to deliver +them in a miraculous manner by the hand of Moses, who would soon have +conducted them into the promised land, had not their disobedience and +perverseness brought upon them the punishment of a forty years' +wandering in the wilderness. During this time, God commanded Moses to +deliver his laws to the people of Israel. Aaron the brother of Moses was +made High Priest, and to him was committed the superintendance of +religious ceremonies.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span></p><p>Neither Moses nor Aaron were permitted to enter the promised land on +account of their disobedience to a command of God; and they both died in +the wilderness during the last year of their wandering. Joshua was +appointed to succeed Moses in the important office of leader of the +people, God promised him his support, and when all things were prepared, +he led the Israelites to the banks of the river Jordan: as soon as their +feet touched the water, the current was stopped, the river became dry +ground, and the people entered the country opposite to the city of +Jericho, which was taken in a miraculous manner.</p> + +<p>Some time after Joshua's death, Judges were appointed to govern <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>Israel: +they were 12 in number and their government lasted rather more than 300 +years. Othniel was the first of the Judges, and Samuel the last. In his +time the people desired to have a king like other nations, and God +commanded him to anoint Saul of the tribe of Benjamin 1095 years B. C., +to be the first king of Israel. Johim succeeded David of the tribe of +Judah, and at his death the throne devolved to his son Solomon, who +built a temple to the name of the "Lord his God;" in it were deposited +the ark—the holy Scriptures, and other sacred things.—Solomon was +succeeded by his son Rehoboam, the folly and wickedness of whose conduct +induced ten of the tribes to revolt, and they chose Jeroboam <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>one of his +officers for their king. The two tribes that remained faithful to +Rehoboam were Judah and Benjamin. Rehoboam's kingdom was called Judah, +and the capital of it was Jerusalem. Jeroboam's kingdom was named Israel +and its chief city was Samaria.</p> + +<p>Jeroboam was succeeded by his son Nadab; and after he had reigned two +years, he was killed by Baasha, who usurped the crown and destroyed the +whole race of Jeroboam, a man remarkable for his impiety.—All the +succeeding kings of Judah were descendants of Rehoboam, which fulfilled +the promise made by God to David, that he would "establish his house and +the throne of his kingdom for ever:" <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>this was a declaration that the +Messiah was to be a descendant of David.</p> + +<p>There were frequent wars between the kings of Judah and Israel, and +between them and the neighbouring kings,—the kings and people both of +Judah and Israel, soon fell into the greatest depravity; and at length +God suffered Shalmaneser king of Assyria, by the capture of Samaria in +the reign of Hoshea, to put an end to the kingdom of Israel 721 years +B. C. and about 250 years after its first establishment into a separate +kingdom. And 606 years B. C. and about 115 years after the destruction +of the kingdom of Israel, God permitted Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, +to invade Judea <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>in the reign of Jehoiakim, and to besiege and take +Jerusalem. Jehoiakim was carried prisoner to Babylon, though afterwards +restored to his kingdom, and succeeded by two other kings, yet, from +this period may be dated the commencement of the Babylonian captivity, +which according to the prediction of Jeremiah was to last 70 years. When +this time was completed, Cyrus, under whom were united the kingdoms of +Persia, Media, and Babylon, permitted the Jews to return to their own +land, and rebuild their temple at Jerusalem.</p> + +<p>They were conducted by Zerubbabel the grandson of Jeconias, and Joshua +the son of Josedec the high priest. The second temple was finished <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>in +the reign of king Darius of Persia.</p> + +<p>The settlement of the people "after their old estate," together with the +arrangement of all civil and ecclesiastical matters, were completed by +Ezra and Nehemiah.</p> + +<p>At the period, about 430 years B. C. the Scripture history closes, and +for the remaining particulars of the Jewish history recourse must be had +to uninspired writers, particularly to the books of the Maccabees and to +Josephus.</p> + +<p>Judea continued subject to Persia until Alexander conquered that +country; it then fell under his dominion and he treated the Jews with +great lenity. After the conqueror's death, Judea became subject to his +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span>successors, till Mattathias, a priest eminent for his piety and +resolution, encouraged the people to shake off the Syrian yoke. +Mattathias died before this was effected, but his son Judas Maccabeus +completed the deliverance of his country, and the government of Judea +remained in his family till the time of Herod the great, who put an end +to the administration of the Maccabees or Armenians, and prevailed upon +the Roman senate to appoint him king of Judea.</p> + +<p>It was in the thirty sixth year of the reign of Herod, and while +Augustus was Emperor of Rome that our Saviour Jesus Christ was born, +four years before the common æra.</p> + +<p>Herod was a cruel tyrant to his <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>people, and even to his own children: +but to keep the Jews in subjection, and to erect a lasting monument to +his own name, he repaired the temple at Jerusalem, and considerably +enlarged the kingdom of Judea.</p> + +<p>At his death, the countries over which he had reigned were divided among +his three sons, but they were not allowed to take the title of kings; +they were called ethnarchs or tetrarchs. Archelaus one of Herod's sons, +acting with great cruelty and injustice, was, by order of Augustus, +banished to Vienne in Gaul, where he died. His dominions were then +reduced to a Roman province, and from this time the Jews possessed but +little civil authority. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>Justice was administered in the name and by the +laws of Rome, and taxes were paid immediately to the emperor. Several of +the Roman governors severely oppressed and persecuted the Jews, and at +length, in the reign of Nero they openly revolted from the Romans. Then +began the Jewish war, which was terminated after an obstinate defence +and unparalleled suffering, on the part of the Jews, by the total +destruction of the city and temple of Jerusalem, by Titus son of +Vespasian the Roman emperor. Since that time the Jews have no where +subsisted as a nation.</p> + +<p>Though I have endeavoured, my dear, to give you as brief an account as +possible of the Jewish history, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>yet the subject is so interesting, that +I perceive it has already occupied a much longer time than I at first +intended. The history of our Saviour's ministry and the Acts of the +Apostles we must therefore defer to a future opportunity: though I +hardly know if these subjects require any elucidation; the facts in the +New Testament being recorded in so clear a manner by the Evangelists +themselves, that I think they must be intelligible even to your +apprehension.</p> + +<p>I hope you will perceive that I have mentioned but very slightly some of +the most interesting and important events, purposely to induce you to +seek a more detailed account of them in the sacred volume <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>itself. This +inestimable treasure will I am sure furnish the most agreeable topic of +many of our future conversations. You, my dear, have never been taught +to consider religion as a dry and difficult study, but rather as a means +of adding to the cheerful enjoyment of the many blessings bestowed upon +you by the almighty giver of all good, and I trust the gratitude and +piety of your future life will prove you worthy of being called a +disciple of the benevolent Jesus.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Indeed, mamma, I feel the truth of what you say, and I will +endeavour to act as you wish me.—I am sure I shall have much more +pleasure in reading those parts of the Bible you think proper for me, +now <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span>I have some connected idea of the whole.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> I believe you will. But good bye, my love, for the +present: when you go to bed you will find the prayers you asked for on +my table; there are besides two hymns which I have selected from an +admirable collection.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Thank you, mamma, I will learn to repeat them.</p> + +<h3 class="story">A Morning Prayer for a Child.</h3> + +<p>O Almighty God, the Father and Preserver of all mankind! I desire to +offer thee my sincerest thanks that I am arisen this morning in health +and safety. May I spend <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>the day on which I am now entered in +endeavouring to do thy will: let me carefully avoid all that I know to +be displeasing in thy sight, and diligently apply myself to perform all +the good in my power. May I keep a strict watch over my lips and temper, +and try to live in peace with those around me. Grant thy protection and +blessing to my relations and friends; if it should please thee to +preserve us through this day, may the close of it find us more worthy of +again addressing thee through Jesus Christ,</p> + +<p>Our Father, &c.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span></p> + +<h3 class="story">An Evening Prayer.</h3> + +<p>Almighty and Merciful God! at the close of another day which thou hast +graciously permitted me to spend in the enjoyment of many blessings, I +would return thee humble thanksgivings from a grateful heart. Conscious +of the many errors I am continually committing, I would earnestly +implore thy pardon for whatsoever has been amiss in my conduct this day. +Forgive me, O Lord, every foolish and angry word I have spoken, every +perverse thought I have indulged, all I have done that I ought not to +have done, and all I have left undone that I ought to have done. O may I +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>truly repent of these my past faults, and strive to amend my future +life. Bless my relations and friends; pardon all their past +transgressions, and if it please thee to preserve us through the night, +may we arise in the morning to do thy will. Above all the other +blessings thou hast granted me, I would value that of having become +early acquainted with the religion of Jesus. May his example be my +guide, and, with a thankful remembrance of all he did and suffered for +our sakes, I sum up my petitions for the whole human race in the prayer +himself taught us, saying,</p> + +<p>Our Father, &c.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span></p> + +<h3>A MORNING HYMN.</h3> + +<p class="hymn"> +Lord of my life! O may thy praise<br /> +<span class="indent1">Employ my noblest powers.</span><br /> +Whose goodness lengthens out my days,<br /> +<span class="indent1">And fills the circling hours!</span></p> + +<p class="hymn"> +Preserved by thine almighty arm,<br /> +<span class="indent1">I pass the shades of night,</span><br /> +Serene, and safe from every harm,<br /> +<span class="indent1">And see returning light.</span></p> + +<p class="hymn"> +While many spent the night in sighs,<br /> +<span class="indent1">And restless pains and woes;</span><br /> +In gentle sleep I clos'd my eyes,<br /> +<span class="indent1">And undisturb'd repose.</span></p> + +<p class="hymn"> +When sleep, death's semblance o'er me spread,<br /> +<span class="indent1">And I unconscious lay,</span><br /> +Thy watchful care was round my bed,<br /> +<span class="indent1">To guard my feeble clay.</span></p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hymn"> +O let the same almighty care<br /> +<span class="indent1">My waking hours attend;</span><br /> +From every danger, every snare,<br /> +<span class="indent1">My heedless steps defend.</span></p> + +<p class="hymn"> +Smile on my minutes as they roll,<br /> +<span class="indent1">And guide my future days;</span><br /> +And let thy goodness fill my soul<br /> +<span class="indent1">With gratitude and praise.</span></p> + +<h3><br />AN EVENING HYMN.</h3> + +<p class="hymn"> +Great God! to thee my ev'ning song,<br /> +With humble gratitude, I raise;<br /> +O let thy mercy tune my tongue,<br /> +And fill my heart with lively praise?</p> + +<p class="hymn"> +My days unclouded, as they pass,<br /> +And ev'ry gently rolling hour,<br /> +Are monuments of wond'rous grace,<br /> +And witness to thy love and power.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span></p> + +<p class="hymn"> +Thy love and power, celestial guard,<br /> +Preserve me from surrounding harms:<br /> +Can danger reach me, while the Lord<br /> +Extends his kind protecting arms?</p> + +<p class="hymn"> +Let cheering hope my eyelids close,<br /> +With sleep refresh my feeble frame,<br /> +Safe in thy care may I repose,<br /> +And wake with praises to thy name.</p> + +<h2><i>CHAPTER V.</i><br /> +<br /> +<img src="images/dec.png" height="14" width="100" alt="" /><br /> +<br /> +<span class="caption">MONDAY.</span></h2> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> The story you are to read this morning, my dear, is +founded upon facts which come within my own observation. I dare say you +have frequently heard the French Revolution spoken of: it was this event +which gave rise to the incidents contained in</p> + +<h3 class="story">The History of the Melcour Family.</h3> + +<p>Mr. de Melcour was the son of a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>younger branch of a good family; his +father died when he was quite a child, and left him but a small +patrimony. He early entered the army, where for many years he served +his country with honour and fidelity: he was present in several +engagements, and by his bravery and exemplary conduct, acquired the +esteem of all his fellow officers. During the peace which followed the +American war he married an amiable lady, whose fortune united to his +own, enabled him to quit the noisy scenes of a military life, and settle +on a beautiful little estate he purchased in the province of Gascony. +Here he enjoyed all the happiness which a good conscience, a good +temper, and a feeling heart <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>can bestow, joined to the blessings of +domestic peace. Madame de Melcour spent her time in the bosom of her +family; she had little taste for the dissipation of the capital, and +possessing only a limited income, had she indulged herself in expensive +pleasures, she must have foregone the higher satisfaction of +contributing to the comfort of those in less fortunate circumstances. +She had profited by the excellent education her parents had been careful +to give her, and this enabled her to bring up her own children with +little assistance from others. Frederic and Elizabeth were the happiest +little boy and girl in the neighbourhood: they tenderly loved their +parents, and feeling the necessity <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>of doing their duty, it became quite +habitual to them. The little faults natural to childhood they were +conscious would not be punished with severity, and their good actions +they knew would never pass unrewarded. Frederic employed much of his +time in working in a little garden that his father had given him: +Elizabeth assisted in the management of the flowers, and their highest +ambition was to present their mamma with a nosegay of roses, before any +were blown in the <i>great</i> garden.</p> + +<p>Thus happily passed many years at Melcour; when the troubles attendant +on the revolution came to disturb the tranquillity of their domestic +enjoyment. M. de Melcour <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>was called upon to resume a military command; +and though he disapproved of many of the measures that had been pursued +by the government, yet, when he saw his sovereign in distress, he would +not withhold his aid. He was particularly active in endeavouring to put +a stop to the devastation caused by a misguided populace; and in a fray +between some peasants and soldiers, he fell a victim to his benevolent +exertions in the cause of humanity.</p> + +<p>The sad news was brought to Madame de Melcour just as she was recovering +from the bed of sickness; her constitution already much weakened, was +unable to support the fatal shock, and she soon <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>after closed her eyes +for ever in the arms of her beloved children.</p> + +<p>At this period, Frederic was just fifteen, his sister two years younger; +they were left without any protector but an aged grandmother, who had +constantly resided with her daughter since the marriage of the latter +with M. de Melcour. Already suffering from the infirmities of age, +Madame de Joinville felt herself unable to resist the persecutions of +ill-disposed persons, and in the course of a few months found it +necessary to leave the chateau. It was her intention to retire with her +grandchildren into England, the country where she had spent much of the +early part of her life, and where she still hoped to discover <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>some of +her former friends. Accordingly, having settled her affairs as well as +the distracted state of the nation would permit, and, accompanied by +Frederic and Elizabeth, she proceeded to the nearest seaport. They +encountered many difficulties on the road, but at length, through +Frederic's activity, succeeded in securing their passage in a vessel +that was on the point of sailing for England.</p> + +<p>Madame de Joinville suffered extremely from the fatigues and anxieties +she had lately undergone, and on their arrival at —— it was found +necessary to remain there a few days in order to recruit her exhausted +strength.</p> + +<p>As soon as Madame de Joinville <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>was sufficiently recovered, they +hastened to London, where, by the assistance of some friends, a small +house was hired for their reception. The expences of a long journey had +much diminished the sum Madame de Joinville had collected before her +departure from France, and the most rigid economy was necessary to +prevent them from becoming burthensome to others. In these +circumstances, Frederic could not bear the idea of leading an idle life; +he greatly wished to follow the profession of his father, but the +anxious fears of his grandmother and sister long opposed his +inclinations: however, he at length prevailed, and entered a regiment +that was ordered on foreign service. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>The parting between Elizabeth and +Frederic was a melancholy scene: she was long inconsolable for his loss, +but religion, which she had always been taught to consider as the best +comforter of the afflicted, came to her aid, and feeling the necessity +of submission, she determined by active exertions to divert her mind +from past calamities.</p> + +<p>It was now that Elizabeth felt the inestimable advantages of <i>a good +education</i>; she perfectly understood the English language; her industry +and punctuality procured her many friends, who, young as she was, +entrusted her with the translation of papers of consequence, and the +reward she received for her labour, greatly contributed <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>to the support +of the family. Every instant she could spare from her employment and the +care of their domestic affairs, was devoted to her grandmother. She +nursed her when sick, read aloud for her amusement, and by every kind +attention endeavoured to lessen her regret for the blessings she had +lost. Madame de Joinville has often been heard to declare, that without +the filial affection of her granddaughter she could hardly have +supported her afflictions. The infirmities of age must sometimes render +those advanced in years petulant and capricious: Elizabeth never +murmured when her endeavours to please failed of success; much less did +she irritate her grandmother <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>by contradiction; she patiently submitted +to these trials of her temper, and when evening came, and Madame de +Joinville retired to rest, Elizabeth thought herself amply repaid for +any little disappointments she had encountered during the day, by +receiving her blessing and the assurance of her tenderest love.</p> + +<p>Frederic remained two years abroad; whatever he could spare from his own +actual wants he constantly remitted to his sister; but without her +industry they would often have been greatly distressed. At length +Elizabeth's noble and pious conduct was made known to a lady who had +formerly been an intimate acquaintance of Madame <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>de Joinville's family. +Her visits to the old lady gave her constant opportunities of witnessing +the amiable disposition of her granddaughter; and anxious to reward her +virtues, she interested herself so warmly in their concerns, that at +length, through the intercession of some powerful friends, a restitution +of part of M. de Melcour's property was procured for his children. +Elizabeth when in happier circumstances preserved the same humility of +mind, and her never failing attention to her grandmother was rewarded by +the pleasure of seeing the comforts of her last days make amends for the +sorrows that had embittered so many of her former ones.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p><p>Frederic arrived in England soon after this happy change in their +circumstances; he would have wished his sister to return to their +native country, but the inconvenience of removing her grandmother, and +the still unquiet state of the continent, induced her to prefer a +residence in that land where she was secured from the horrors she had +once witnessed. Frederic yielded to her reasons; and when their affairs +obliged him to leave her, a constant correspondence maintained the +affection that had always subsisted from their earliest years.</p> + +<hr class="short" /> + +<p>"Dear mamma," said Anne, "I think I like Elizabeth better than any of +the young people I have yet <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span>read about, but do you really believe there +ever was so good a character?"</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Certainly, my dear; and I have no doubt but many such are +to be found. They must be depraved indeed, who can be wanting in +affection to their parents. But I fear we must not comment a great deal +on this story at present, or there will not be time to give you some +account of <i>Geography</i>, which I intend for your study this morning.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> I will then, mamma, after dinner, ask you to explain to me a few +of the words I did not quite understand.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Do, my dear, I <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>shall be happy to give you all the +information you desire.</p> + +<h3>FOURTH LESSON.</h3> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> You know, my dear, what is meant by Geography?</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> O yes, mamma, Geography is a description of the earth we +inhabit.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> And the earth (which the globe before us represents,) is +divided into four parts, viz. Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. The +three first are contained in the eastern hemisphere, and are called the +old world. America is situated in the western hemisphere, and is called +the new world, because discovered in modern times.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span></p><p><i>Anne.</i> Pray, mamma, is not a continent one of the divisions of the +land?</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Yes, my dear; for after we have divided the whole globe +into land and water, we again subdivide the land into Continents, +Islands, Peninsulas, Isthmusses, and Promontories,—the water into +Oceans, Seas, Straits, Gulfs, Bays, Lakes, Rivers, and Creeks.</p> + +<p>A Continent is a large tract of land containing several countries which +are not separated by seas; as Europe, Asia, Africa, and America.</p> + +<p>An Island, is a tract of land entirely surrounded by water, as Britain, +Ireland, Sicily, &c.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span></p><p>A Peninsula, is a tract of land almost surrounded by water, and is +joined to the main land by an isthmus, as the Morea.</p> + +<p>An Isthmus, is a narrow neck of land that joins a peninsula to the +continent, as the Isthmus of Corinth.</p> + +<p>A Cape or Promontory, is that high part of land which shoots into the +sea, and appears to terminate in a point, as the Cape of Good Hope in +Africa, Cape Finistere in Spain, &c.</p> + +<p>A Shore or Coast, is that land which borders upon the sea.</p> + +<p>The Ocean, is that general collection of water which surrounds the whole +earth. It is distinguished by the names of the four cardinal points <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>of +the world; viz. the northern or icy ocean, which environs the north +pole; the western or Atlantic Ocean, which lies between Europe and +America, extending to the Equator; the southern or Ethiopic Ocean, which +extends from the Equator between Africa and America; and the Eastern or +Indian Ocean, which washes the eastern coast of Africa, and the southern +coast of Asia. To these have been added by later discoveries the Pacific +Ocean, commonly called the Great South Sea, between America and Asia; +and the Antarctic Icy Ocean which surrounds the South Pole.</p> + +<p>A Sea, is a part of the Ocean, into which we must enter by some strait, +and it is almost surrounded <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>by land, as the Mediterranean and Baltic +Seas.</p> + +<p>A Strait, is a narrow passage opening a way into some sea, as the +Straits of Gibraltar, the Hellespont.</p> + +<p>A Gulf is a part of an ocean or sea, which runs up considerably into the +land, as the Gulf of Venice, the Gulf of Mexico, &c.</p> + +<p>A Bay is a smaller kind of gulf, (and is frequently much smaller at the +entrance than in the middle) as the Bay of Naples.</p> + +<p>A Lake is a collection of water entirely surrounded by land, as the Lake +of Geneva, and the Lake of Constance: when no stream flows in or out of +it, it is called a pool.</p> + +<p>A River is a current or stream, which rises in some elevated land, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span>and +flows into the sea, another river, or lake, as the River Thames, the +Medway, and the River St. Lawrence.</p> + +<p>A Creek, is a small part of the sea or of a river which runs but a +little way into the land.</p> + +<p>That part of the sea which flows between the shores of an Island and a +Continent, is called a Channel, as the English Channel.</p> + +<p>This description of the divisions of land and water, I wish you to +commit to memory; and I will shew you all the names I have mentioned on +the globe, which will give you a more perfect idea of them, than you can +acquire by reading only.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Thank you, mamma; but <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>I hope you will tell me a little more of +the earth.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Willingly, my dear. You have read that after the flood, +the world was peopled by Noah's children: Shem and his descendants +spread over Asia, Ham over Africa, and Japhet over Europe. It is +uncertain who were the original inhabitants of America. Europe, though +the smallest of the four parts of the world, is much the most populous; +and here the arts and sciences are brought to the greatest perfection: +it is divided into different countries, of which the following are the +principal, though many of them, have undergone great changes during the +last few years.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span></p> + +<h4>ON THE NORTH.</h4> + +<table summary="Countries on the North"> +<tr> +<th></th> +<th><i>Countries.</i></th> +<th><i>Capitals.</i></th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>1</td> +<td>Norway</td> +<td>Bergen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>2</td> +<td>Sweden</td> +<td>Stockholm</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>3</td> +<td>Denmark</td> +<td>Copenhagen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>4</td> +<td>Russia</td> +<td>St. Petersburgh</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>IN THE MIDDLE.</h4> + +<table summary="Countries in the Middle"> +<tr> +<td rowspan="3">British Dominions 1</td> +<td>{England</td> +<td>London</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>{Scotland</td> +<td>Edinburgh</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>{Ireland</td> +<td>Dublin</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">2</td> +<td>France</td> +<td>Paris</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">3</td> +<td>Swisserland</td> +<td>Bern</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">4</td> +<td>Netherlands</td> +<td>Brussels</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">5</td> +<td>United Provinces</td> +<td>Amsterdam</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">6</td> +<td>Germany</td> +<td>Vienna</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">7</td> +<td>Bohemia</td> +<td>Prague</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">8</td> +<td>Hungary</td> +<td>Presburgh</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">9</td> +<td>Poland</td> +<td>Cracow</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">10</td> +<td>Prussia</td> +<td>Koningsburgh</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span></p> + +<p>Note. Berlin, in Germany, was the capital of the king of Prussia's +Dominions.</p> + +<h4>IN THE SOUTH.</h4> + +<table summary="Countries in the South"> +<tr> +<td>1</td> +<td>Spain</td> +<td>Madrid</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>2</td> +<td>Portugal</td> +<td>Lisbon</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>3</td> +<td>Italy</td> +<td>Rome</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>4</td> +<td>Turkey</td> +<td>Constantinople</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>The most considerable Islands of Europe are</p> + +<p>Great Britain and Ireland in the Atlantic Ocean,</p> + +<p>Iceland in the Northern Ocean,</p> + +<p>Sicily, Sardinia, Corsica, Majorca, Minorca, Candia, all in the +Mediterranean sea, and the Islands in the Archipelago.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span></p> + +<p>It is now so late my dear, that I must finish my account of Europe +to-morrow; good bye, and try to remember what I have already told you.</p> + +<h2><i>CHAPTER VI.</i><br /> +<br /> +<img src="images/dec.png" height="14" width="100" alt="" /><br /> +<br /> +<span class="caption">TUESDAY.</span></h2> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> You see me earlier than usual this morning, dear mamma; but as I +know all the geography you desired me to learn quite perfectly, I hope +you will give me leave to read another story.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Certainly, my dear: but remember to read very distinctly; +make proper pauses; fall your voice at a period, and begin the next +sentence in rather a higher tone; aspirate the <i>H</i>, excepting in such +words as <i>hour</i>, <i>honour</i>, <i>heiress</i>, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>and a few others where it is +silent: and above all, avoid a monotonous manner of reading, for nothing +can be more unpleasant to those who are listening to you, than to hear a +tale, however interesting in itself, read on in one continued tone: +instead of affording any amusement, it only induces the persons you are +reading to, to wish for a cessation of the unpleasant murmuring noise +which offends their ears.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> I will attend to what you say, mamma, while I am reading the +following story, which is called</p> + +<h3 class="story">The Advantages of Truth.</h3> + +<p>George Elliot the son of a respectable gentleman, had been paying <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>a +visit to his uncle, and on his return home, was accompanied by one of +his cousins, who was to spend a few months with him at Hartley, +Mr. Elliot's country residence.</p> + +<p>George was a boy of a frank and generous disposition, and good +abilities; these being cultivated by a careful education, made him at +the age of eleven years, a well-informed and agreeable boy. Charles +Morden his cousin, was much his inferior in every respect. Accustomed to +excessive indulgence, he became fretful and idle, and often entered into +mischief, for the sake of having <i>something to do</i>; his parents so +plentifully supplied him with play-things, that he was consequently +tired of every thing he possessed, and only <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>desirous of what was in +expectation; nay, worse, for to obtain any particular gratification, he +would not scruple making use of falshood. Such was the boy, now +unfortunately the constant companion of George Elliot.</p> + +<p>Mr. Elliot indulged his son in every innocent amusement proper for his +age, but loved him too well to suffer his faults to pass unnoticed. +George had been long anxious for a poney, and as soon as a proper one +could be purchased, his father presented it to him, and often allowed +him to ride out, either accompanied by himself or a servant, but +particularly forbade him from ever mounting any other horse in the +stables, telling him at the same time, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>the many fatal accidents that +had occurred, owing to boys attempting to ride horses they were unable +to manage. George promised obedience, and had strictly adhered to his +word.</p> + +<p>It was settled that Charles was to share the studies, as well as the +amusements of his cousin, and the gentleman to whose care George's +education was confided, paid equal attention to both, though he soon +perceived that Charles had little delight in useful occupations: and he +was always glad of some excuse that might save him the trouble of +attending Mr. Darford, and laughed at George for being always <i>fagging</i> +as he called it.</p> + +<p>About two months after his son's <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>return, Mr. Elliot was obliged by some +business of importance, to take a journey that he thought might detain +him about a fortnight from home. He embraced the children at parting, +desired them to behave well, and at his return they should be rewarded.</p> + +<p>For the first week after Mr. Elliot's departure, the boys were so good, +and their tutor so well pleased with their conduct, that one fine day he +gave them a holiday, telling them, that provided they avoided all +mischievous amusements they were at liberty to spend the day in any +manner most agreeable to themselves.—During several hours, they were +employed in catching their balls, flying their kites, working in the +garden, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span>&c. At length, Charles seeing a little boy going by on +horseback, said he should like nothing so well as a nice ride before +dinner. "Nor I neither," answered George, "but you know it is +impossible, my father having expressly forbidden us to ride out alone +during his absence. Mr. Darford is not at home, and I know that all the +men are busy." "What does that signify?" returned Charles, "we are +surely old enough to take care of ourselves, and as to my uncle, he will +never know any thing of the matter."</p> + +<p>George was at first quite shocked at the idea of disobeying his father, +but he at last suffered himself to be persuaded by the artful entreaties +of his cousin, to do what he knew <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>to be wrong. They went to the +stables, where George took out his own little poney, and Charles one of +his uncle's large horses, assuring his cousin that he could manage it +very well. At their first setting out, they agreed not to go far from +home, only just to ride round the paddock; the pleasantness of the +weather, however, soon tempted them to alter their resolution, and they +ventured into the high road. They went on very well for some time, and +were just thinking of returning, when Charles's horse took fright at +some object on the side of the road, and by a sudden start threw his +rider; he was not much hurt by the fall, but the horse galloped away, +and they soon lost all trace of the way <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>he took: after wasting some +time in fruitless endeavours to follow him, they were obliged to return +home.</p> + +<p>George was very uneasy, and bitterly repented the fault he had +committed. "O Charles," cried he, "why did you ask me to disobey my +father! Alas! I fear he will never forgive me."</p> + +<p>"Don't cry so, pray," answered his cousin, "come, follow my advice, and +this affair will never be discovered."—"How can that be? you surely +forget the horse is lost, and besides, I would not upon any account tell +an untruth." "You are very foolish then, let me tell you; for as nobody +saw us go out, if we deny knowing any thing about the horse, we shall +never be suspected."</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span></p><p>"No, Charles, that I will never do; I had rather suffer the severest +punishment that could be inflicted upon me, than tell a <i>lie</i>. Nothing +shall induce me to add to the fault I have already committed. When my +father comes home, I will confess what I have done, and rely upon his +indulgence for pardoning a disobedience I so sincerely repent."</p> + +<p>"Well then," said Charles, "if you will not follow my advice, at least +you have no occasion to say it was I who persuaded you to take out the +horses."—"I shall not even mention your name: but come, let us waste no +more time, in regretting an action that cannot be recalled, we had +better try by our future conduct, to make some reparation for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>the +past."—So saying, he took his cousin by the arm, and they were together +leaving the room, when Mr. Elliot entered. The young lads drew back in +dismay; Mr. Elliot ran to embrace his son. "You see me here, my dear +boy, sooner than you expected; but fortunately the business that called +me hence, was concluded much earlier than I could have imagined." Some +few minutes had elapsed, before George could gain courage to answer his +father, at length he said, "you are convinced, my dear sir, that your +company has always given me pleasure, but to day it causes me pain, for +I have just been guilty of a fault that will I fear deprive me of your +confidence." George here related to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>his father, all that had passed, +except carefully concealing the part his cousin had acted; when he had +finished, Mr. Elliot thus addressed him, "I am charmed with your noble +conduct, my dear boy, and most willingly forgive the error you have +committed, because I believe your repentance to be sincere, and am +convinced you have told me the exact truth. Listen, now, to the +consequences that would have ensued, had you concealed it: I was in the +adjoining apartment, and heard the whole conversation that passed +between yourself and Charles; so, had you, as he wickedly advised, had +recourse to a falsehood, it would not have deceived <i>me</i>, but only have +proved that <i>you</i> were unworthy my care and affection: <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span>whereas, I now +rejoice in the virtuous resolution of a son thus rendered dearer to me +than ever. Always speak the <i>truth</i>, and be assured it is the easiest +and surest way of extricating yourself from every difficulty.—As for +you, Sir," continued Mr. Elliot turning to Charles, "I shall not take +the trouble of punishing the meanness and depravity of your conduct, +because I fear that any punishment I could inflict, would have little +effect on a <i>liar</i>: I shall immediately send you back to your parents, +with an account of this day's transactions, at the same time advising +them to find some place far distant from all who belong to you, and +where, under a severe discipline, you may be made to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>repent of your +wickedness, and I hope in time recalled to that virtuous conduct from +which you have now so miserably erred."</p> + +<p>Mr. Elliot then taking his son by the hand led him out of the parlour, +and left Charles at leisure to reflect on the sad consequences of a +habit of lying.</p> + +<hr class="short" /> + +<p>This story being finished, Mrs. Harley said, it is not necessary my dear +Anne, that I should comment on the subject of which you have been +reading; the advantages arising from a strict adherence to truth are too +obvious not to be immediately perceived, and I trust, from the +principles I have always endeavoured to instil into your young mind, +that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>you will ever prefer the fair and open path she points out, to the +intricate labyrinths of despicable falshood.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Indeed, mamma, if ever I should be tempted to tell an untruth, I +will think of this story, and then, I am sure I shall reject it, even +though I were certain it would remain undiscovered.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Do not imagine <i>that</i> would ever be the case, as it is +impossible for children, however artful, long to dissemble their actions +or even thoughts from persons interested about them.</p> + +<p>I will now conclude my account of Europe.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span></p> + +<h3>FIFTH LESSON.</h3> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> I ended yesterday, I think, with the European islands.—I +will now tell you the principal seas which surround Europe—the sea of +Asoph, the Euxine or Black Sea, the Archipelago or Grecian Sea, are +between Europe and Asia—the Mediterranean between Europe and +Africa—the Atlantic Ocean between Europe and America—the German Ocean +or North Sea between Britain and Germany—the Icy Ocean on the North, +and the White Sea in Russia.</p> + +<p>The principal straits are, the Straits of Caffa between the Sea of Asoph +and the Black Sea—the Bosphorus, or Straits of Constantinople <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>between +the Black Sea and the Sea of Marmora—the Hellespont between the Sea of +Marmora and the Archipelago—the Faro of Messina between Italy and +Sicily—the Straits of Bonifacio between Corsica and Sardinia—the +Straits of Gibraltar between Barbary and Spain—the Straits of Dover +between England and France—the Sound in the Baltic between Denmark and +Sweden.</p> + +<p>The principal gulfs and bays are, the Gulf of Bothnia in Sweden—the +Gulf of Finland between Sweden and Russia—the Bay of Biscay between +France and Spain—the Gulf of Venice between Italy and Turkey.</p> + +<p>The principal rivers are, the Wolga—the Don or Tanais—and the +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>Boristhenes or Dnieper in Russia—the Thames and the Severn in +England—the Danube, the Rhine, and the Elbe in Germany—the Vistula or +Wesil in Poland—the Loire, the Seine, the Rhine, and the Garonne in +France—the Ebro, the Tagus, and the Douro in Spain—the Po in Italy.</p> + +<p>The chief lakes are Ladoga and Onega in Russia—Windermere in England, +Lough Neagh in Ireland, and Loch Lomond in Scotland—Lake of Geneva +between Swisserland and Italy—Lake of Constance between Swisserland and +Germany—Lakes of Como and Maggiore in Italy.</p> + +<p>The chief mountains are, the Dofre-field between Norway and Sweden—the +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>Cheviot Hills in Scotland—Plinlimmon in Wales—the Peak in Derbyshire +in England—the Carpathian mountains between Poland and Hungary—the +Pyrenean mountains between France and Spain—the Alps which divide +France and Germany from Italy—the Apennines which run through Italy +from North to South.</p> + +<p>Besides these, there are several volcanos in Europe, Vesuvius in +Naples—Stromboli one of the Lipari isles—Etna in Sicily, and Hecla in +Iceland.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Thank you, mamma, I will look for all of them in the map; but +pray before you leave Europe tell me something more of our own country.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> England, my dear, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>is bounded on the north by Scotland, +on the east by the German Ocean, on the south by the British Channel, +and on the west by the Irish sea, and St. George's Channel. It is +divided into 52 counties, 40 in England and 12 in Wales. The 40 English +counties are</p> + +<h4>6 IN THE NORTH.</h4> + +<table summary="Counties in the North"> +<tr> +<th><i>Counties.</i></th> +<th><i>Chief Towns.</i></th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Northumberland</td> +<td>Newcastle.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Cumberland</td> +<td>Carlisle</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Durham</td> +<td>Durham</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Westmoreland</td> +<td>Kendal</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Yorkshire</td> +<td>York</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Lancashire</td> +<td>Lancaster.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>6 IN THE EAST.</h4> + +<table summary="Counties in the East"> +<tr> +<td>Norfolk</td> +<td>Norwich</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Suffolk</td> +<td>Ipswich</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Essex</td> +<td>Chelmsford <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Middlesex</td> +<td>London</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Hertfordshire</td> +<td>Hertford</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Cambridgeshire</td> +<td>Cambridge.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>6 IN THE SOUTH.</h4> + +<table summary="Counties in the South"> +<tr> +<td>Kent</td> +<td>Canterbury</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Sussex</td> +<td>Chichester</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Surry</td> +<td>Guildford</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Hampshire</td> +<td>Winchester</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Berkshire</td> +<td>Reading</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Wiltshire</td> +<td>Salisbury.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>4 IN THE WEST.</h4> + +<table summary="Counties in the West"> +<tr> +<td>Dorsetshire</td> +<td>Dorchester</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Somersetshire</td> +<td>Bristol</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Devonshire</td> +<td>Exeter</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Cornwall</td> +<td>Launceston.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span></p> + +<h4>18 IN THE MIDDLE.</h4> + +<table summary="Counties in the Middle"> +<tr> +<td>Gloucestershire</td> +<td>Gloucester</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Monmouthshire</td> +<td>Monmouth</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Herefordshire</td> +<td>Hereford</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Shropshire</td> +<td>Shrewsbury</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Cheshire</td> +<td>Chester</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Derbyshire</td> +<td>Derby</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Nottinghamshire</td> +<td>Nottingham</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Lincolnshire</td> +<td>Lincoln</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Huntingdonshire</td> +<td>Huntingdon</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Bedfordshire</td> +<td>Bedford</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Buckinghamshire</td> +<td>Buckingham</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Oxfordshire</td> +<td>Oxford</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Worcestershire</td> +<td>Worcester</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Staffordshire</td> +<td>Stafford</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Leicestershire</td> +<td>Leicester</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Rutlandshire</td> +<td>Oakham</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Northamptonshire</td> +<td>Northampton</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Warwickshire</td> +<td>Warwick.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span></p> + +<p>The 12 Welsh counties are,</p> + +<h4>6 IN NORTH WALES.</h4> + +<table summary="Counties in North Wales"> +<tr> +<th><i>Counties.</i></th> +<th><i>Chief Towns.</i></th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Anglesea</td> +<td>Beaumaris</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Caernarvonshire</td> +<td>Caernarvon</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Denbighshire</td> +<td>Denbigh</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Flintshire</td> +<td>St. Asaph</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Merionethshire</td> +<td>Harlech</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Montgomeryshire</td> +<td>Montgomery</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>6 IN SOUTH WALES.</h4> + +<table summary="Counties in South Wales"> +<tr> +<td>Cardiganshire</td> +<td>Cardigan</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Radnorshire</td> +<td>Radnor</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Pembrokeshire</td> +<td>Pembroke</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Caermarthenshire</td> +<td>Caermarthen</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Brecknockshire</td> +<td>Brecknock</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Glamorganshire</td> +<td>Cardiff.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>You will learn these counties, my <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span>dear, and trace them on the map at +your first leisure opportunity. We have been so long in Europe, that I +fear I must give you a very short description of the other parts of the +world.</p> + +<p>Asia is rendered famous on account of its having been the residence of +our first parents, and the scene of almost every transaction mentioned +in the scriptures: here our Saviour was born, lived and died; and from +hence the gospel was first promulgated to mankind. Its inhabitants, +though formerly celebrated for their refinement, are now, in general, a +lazy, ignorant people. China is celebrated for its productions of silk +and tea, which is a plant almost peculiar to this <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>country, and the +beautiful manufacture of porcelain called China. In the southern part of +Asia the East Indies are situated, and in the West Arabia. The chief +rivers are the Euphrates, Tigris, Indus and Ganges. The principal +mountains are, Azarat, Horeb, Sinai and Lebanon. The most remarkable +Islands are, the Japan isles, the Maiana or Ladrone Islands, Formoso, +Philippines, Moluccas, Banda islands, Celebes or Macassar, the Sunda +islands, Ceylon, Maldives and Jesso isles.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Thank you, mamma, now for Africa.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Africa, my dear, though once so highly renowned for the +learning and politeness of its natives is now nearly barbarous. In +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>Africa, near the northern coast, was situated the once famous city of +Carthage, founded by Queen Dido, and the native country of a famous +general named Hannibal, whose history you will hereafter read. Egypt so +famous for the Nile (an immense river) lies in this part of the world, +and here the arts and sciences were formerly highly cultivated. The +chief rivers are, the Nile, Niger, Gambia, and Senegal. The mountains +are, Mount Atlas in the north, and the Peak of Teneriffe one of the +Canary isles. The principal African Islands are, the Azores, the +Madeiras, Canaries, Cape Verde isles, and St. Helena in the Atlantic +Ocean; Madagascar, Mauritius, Bourbon, Comora <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>isles, and Socotora in +the Indian Ocean.</p> + +<p>America, the largest division of the globe, was discovered in the year +1492 by Christopher Columbus, a native of Genoa in Italy; though it +derives its name (not quite justly I think) from Americus Vesputius, who +extended the discoveries of Columbus. America is divided into north and +south, and these two peninsulas are joined by the Isthmus of Darien. The +mountains here are much higher and the rivers much larger than those in +the other parts of the world. The Andes, a ridge of mountains in South +America, are considered the highest in the world; their tops are covered +with perpetual snow, notwithstanding the excessive <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>heat of the climate +in which they are situated. In North America are the Appalachian or +Allegany mountains. The principal rivers are, in the southern peninsula, +the river Amazon, the Oronoko, the Rio de la Plata, and the river +Janeiro: in the north, St. Lawrence, Delaware, and Susquehana.</p> + +<p>Great part of North America formerly belonged to Great Britain, but some +disputes arising between the mother country (England) and the colonies, +a war ensued, which was, at length, terminated in favour of the +Americans, and in 1783 they were declared a free, sovereign, and +independent nation. This part of America is now distinguished by the +appellation of "the United States." <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>General Washington, of whom you +have frequently heard me speak, was an American.</p> + +<p>I must now finish my lecture on geography, which, though very imperfect, +has yet exceeded the usual limits of our lessons; many interesting +circumstances relating to the various countries I have mentioned, have +been entirely omitted, as I was fearful that by telling you too much on +the subject I should prevent you from remembering any of the particulars +so necessary for you to retain.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Oh, dear mamma! how much I thank you for what you have told me +about geography, I think it very entertaining, and I like looking over +maps; but now I should very <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>much like to know the history of all these +countries.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> To-morrow, my dear, I will give you some account of them, +but to know all the particulars of each nation would require you to +read more volumes than as yet you have patience for. Farewell.</p> + +<h2><i>CHAPTER VII.</i><br /> +<br /> +<img src="images/dec.png" height="14" width="100" alt="" /><br /> +<br /> +<span class="caption">WEDNESDAY.</span></h2> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span></p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> We will this morning, my dear, contrary to the usual +custom, begin our instructions with the <i>Lesson</i> instead of the <i>Story</i>; +and as the two last days have given you some idea of geography, I think +I cannot better employ the present than by devoting it to History.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> You know, mamma, I am always happy to learn what you are so good +as to teach me. Pray, if I was to ask you the meaning of the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>word +History, how would you answer me?</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> I should say, my dear, that History is a relation of the +past actions of men and women. It is divided into sacred and profane. By +sacred history is meant all the relations that are contained in the Old +and New Testaments.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> And of which you have already given me some account, mamma.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> From your earliest childhood, my dear, it has been my +constant endeavour to store your mind with as much knowledge of sacred +subjects as I thought it capable of receiving.</p> + +<p>By profane history is meant the account of all transactions not included +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>in the sacred volumes. Ancient history relates the events that happened +from the creation of the world to the birth of Jesus Christ: Modern +history, those from the birth of Jesus Christ to the present time. +Ancient history is divided into the four periods or æras of the four +successive monarchies called universal.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Why were they called universal monarchies, mamma?</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Because they extended over the greatest part of the +<i>then</i> known world. The first was the Assyrian monarchy, founded by +Nimrod, the grandson of Ham, who, you know, was the son of Noah. Nimrod +was a very courageous man, and a famous hunter of wild beasts, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>which +impressed his friends with so high an idea of his abilities, that they +agreed to elect him their king; he taught his subjects the arts of +hunting and building cities, besides several other useful things: he +founded the Assyrian monarchy about 1800 years after the creation. +Nimrod was succeeded by his son Ninus, and at his death the crown +devolved to his Queen Semiramis, remarkable for her extraordinary +valour; she was slain in battle by the Indians, who, in those days, made +use of elephants in their armies. This monarchy ended under +Sardanapalus, who was a very weak prince. The capitals of the Assyrian +empire were Babylon upon the river Euphrates, and Nineveh on the Tigris. +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>It was divided, after the death of Sardanapalus, into three kingdoms, +called, the Median, Babylonian, and the second Assyrian. Belshazzar, the +last king of Babylon, was a very wicked man, and treated the Jews (who +had been brought captive to Babylon by Nebuchadnezzar, a former king) +with great cruelty. At a splendid entertainment which he one night gave +to the lords of his court, he ordered the vessels that had been taken +from Solomon's temple to be brought to him, and, with his guests, +insulted the Jewish religion by drinking out of them; his impiety was, +however, speedily punished, for that very night Cyrus entered Babylon +with a powerful army, made himself master of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>the kingdom, and +Belshazzar was slain.</p> + +<p>Cyrus becoming, soon after this event, by the death of his father and +uncle, king of Persia, Media, and Babylon, established the second +universal monarchy called the Persian. He was a very good prince, and +permitted the Jews to return to their own land and rebuild their city.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> Which was called Jerusalem, was it not, mamma?</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Yes, my dear, I am glad to find you recollect what you +read. Cyrus lived to be very old, and was succeeded by his son Cambyses, +who, far from following the virtuous example of his father, committed +numberless crimes, among which was the murder of his own <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>brother. After +him reigned Smerdis the impostor, who pretended to be the true Smerdis +that had been killed by Cambyses: next to him Darius, who was chosen +because his horse neighed before any of those belonging to the other +competitors for the crown: then Xerxes, a very vain-glorious prince, who +attempted to conquer Greece, but was himself beaten, and obliged to make +his escape from thence in a little fishing boat: he was succeeded by his +son Artaxerxes, and at length, after several other kings, Darius +ascended the throne, who, had he not been proud of his riches, might +have been a wise and good sovereign. During his reign, the Greeks (who +inhabited that country which is now the southern <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>part of Turkey in +Europe) determined, under the command of the famous Alexander, to make +the Persians submit to their power: accordingly, an immense army invaded +the Persian dominions, and after several battles, they were completely +conquered, and Darius was killed by one of his own nobles. Thus +Alexander putting an end to the Persian monarchy, established the third +Universal Empire about 330 years before Christ.</p> + +<p>The capital of Persia was Susa.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> I suppose then, that Alexander was a native of Greece, pray tell +me a little about that country?</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Long before the time of Alexander, Greece had been +<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>highly celebrated. It was divided into several small states, the +principal of which were, Sparta and Athens. Sparta was governed by +kings; Lycurgus was their famous legislator; he framed many wise laws, +which greatly added to the prosperity of the kingdom. Athens was a +commonwealth, and even more renowned for wisdom than Sparta. Solon was +their lawgiver, and his laws tended much more to the refinement of the +people, than those of Lycurgus, some of which were very cruel. Macedon +was a state of little consequence till the time of Philip, who greatly +increased its importance: he procured himself to be appointed +commander-in-chief of all the armies destined for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span>the invasion of +Persia, but he was killed before he set out on this expedition. He was +succeeded by his son Alexander, both as king of Macedon and +generalissimo of Greece, who, after settling the affairs of his native +country, marched into Persia; not contented with conquering this vast +country, he turned his arms against the Indian princes, many of whom +were obliged to submit to his authority; one of them was named Porus, a +man of extraordinary stature, who afterwards became the sincere friend +of the conqueror.</p> + +<p>Thus Alexander having subdued so many nations, was at last obliged to +yield to the instances of his soldiers, and to think of returning back +to Macedon. He entered Babylon in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>triumph, and spent much of his time, +while there, in feasting and drinking. The excesses he committed, at +times deranged his mind, and in one fit of intoxication he killed a +faithful old friend named Clitus: many more of his actions were totally +unworthy of a prince who assumed the name of <i>Great</i>, this appellation +was certainly bestowed upon him rather for his extensive conquests, than +for any benefits his subjects derived from his reign, nor could <i>Good</i> +with any propriety have been added to the title of Great.</p> + +<p>He at length, fell a victim to his intemperance in the thirty-third year +of his age, about 323 years before Christ. Leaving no proper <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>person to +succeed him; four of his generals, after many disputes and battles +divided his extensive dominions among themselves. To relate the +particular histories of these kingdoms would engross too much of our +time; I shall therefore proceed to the Roman Empire which was the fourth +universal monarchy; and was founded by Romulus about 752 years before +Christ. Perhaps a short account of its origin will be entertaining to +you.</p> + +<p>Romulus and Remus were the twin sons of a lady named Rhea Sylvia. As +soon as they were born they were condemned by their cruel uncle Amulius +king of Alba (in Italy) to be thrown into the Tiber, this was executed, +but they were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>found and preserved by a herdsman named Faustulus, who +brought them up as his own sons till they arrived at years of +discretion; when becoming acquainted with the history of their birth, +they determined to dethrone their wicked uncle Amulius, and restore +their grandfather Numitor to the crown his brother had unjustly deprived +him of. They succeeded, and then formed a plan for building themselves a +city, among those hills on which they had spent their earliest years. +They could not, however, agree concerning the best situation for it, but +the opinion of Romulus at length prevailing, Remus, to vex his brother, +leaped contemptuously over the city wall: this so irritated Romulus that +a violent <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>quarrel ensued, they fought, and either by accident or design +Romulus killed his brother, and then the whole government of the new +state devolved upon himself: it was called Rome after its founder. +Inhabitants flocked from every part of the surrounding country into the +new city, and it soon became a very considerable kingdom. After the +death of Romulus six other kings succeeded to the throne all of whom, +excepting the last, were great and good men, their names were,</p> + +<p class="list"> +Romulus the Founder,<br /> +Numa Pompilius,<br /> +Tullus Hostilius,<br /> +Ancus Martius,<br /> +Tarquinius Priscus,<br /> +Servius Tullius, and<br /> +Tarquinius Superbus.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span></p> + +<p>Under whom ended the regal state. A Commonwealth ensued. Many great men +flourished during this period: but at length the government changed once +more, and Rome became an empire. The first twelve emperors were +distinguished by the appellation of the twelve Cæsars, their names were</p> + +<p class="list">Julius Cæsar, the first Roman emperor.</p> + +<p class="list">Augustus, in whose reign our Saviour Jesus Christ came into the +world.</p> + +<p class="list"> +Tiberius,<br /> +Caligula,<br /> +Claudius,<br /> +Nero,<br /> +Sergius Galba,<br /> +Otho, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span><br /> +Vitellius,<br /> +Vespasian,<br /> +Titus, and<br /> +Domitian.</p> + +<p>Many emperors succeeded these, until Constantine the Great, the 41st +emperor, removed the seat of empire from Rome to Constantinople, which, +before his time, was called Byzantium. Constantine was a very good man, +and was the first Roman emperor who embraced the Christian religion, but +he pursued a system of politics that hastened the destruction of the +empire. After his death the sovereignty was divided between his sons, +and soon after Rome, which had once given laws to the world, became a +prey to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span>merciless barbarians, and sunk into comparative insignificance.</p> + +<p><i>Anne.</i> O! thank you, mamma, for this entertaining account of Rome, I +shall be very glad when I am old enough to read the Roman History.</p> + +<p><i>Mrs. Harley.</i> Age, my dear, is not the only thing necessary for the +accomplishment of your wish. Let me see you attentive to your present +employments, and I shall have much pleasure in reading with you a +history that I am sure will engage your attention. I will now tell you a +very little about our own country.</p> + +<p>Britain was little known to the rest of the world, till about 52 <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>years +before the common æra; when Julius Cæsar invaded the country with a +powerful army: the natives, assisted by their Druids or priests, opposed +his landing, but they were unable long to resist so warlike a people as +the Romans, who soon after making themselves masters of the island, +maintained possession of the most fertile parts of it near 500 years. +Their own affairs then requiring their attention at home, they abandoned +it, and the Saxons made their appearance. These people came from a +province in Germany, and when they had subdued Britain, they divided it +into seven kingdoms called the Saxon Heptarchy.</p> + +<div class="list"> + +<p>Kent, which included the isles of Thanet and Sheppey.</p> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span></p> + +<p>Northumberland, contained Northumberland, Durham, Lancashire, +and Yorkshire.</p> + +<p>East Anglia, contained Cambridgeshire, Suffolk, and Norfolk.</p> + +<p>Mercia, contained all the middle countries from the Severn +between East Anglia and Wessex.</p> + +<p>Essex, or East Saxony, contained Essex, Middlesex, and part of +Hertfordshire.</p> + +<p>Sussex, or South Saxony, contained Surry, Sussex, and the New +Forest.</p> + +<p>Wessex, or West Saxony, included Hampshire, Dorsetshire, +Wiltshire, Berkshire, and the Isle of Wight.</p></div> + +<p>Egbert, king of Wessex, at length subduing the other princes of the +Heptarchy, united the whole country <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>under one monarchy, and became +himself the first king of England, in the year 827 after Christ.</p> + +<p>I will give you a chronological list of the kings of England, not that I +wish you to learn it at present, but because it will be useful to refer +to when you are reading the history. Some knowledge of dates is +desirable, as it enables you to ascertain the periods when any +particular events occurred, and under whose reign. The Danes made +frequent incursions into England during the time of the Saxons, and +caused great devastation in the country. Alfred, the most excellent +prince mentioned in history, was obliged, owing to these barbarians, to +abandon his throne and retire to an obscure <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>cottage, where, however, he +occupied his time in forming the best plans for his own +re-establishment, and the restoration of tranquility to his distracted +country: his wise measures were successful and for some time the Danes +were entirely quelled, but they soon renewed their usual predatory +warfare, and Canute became king of England.</p> + +<h4>SAXON KINGS OF ENGLAND.</h4> + +<table summary="Saxon Kings of England"> +<tr> +<td class="right">800</td> +<td>Egbert</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">838</td> +<td>Ethelwolf</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">857</td> +<td>Ethelbald</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">860</td> +<td>Ethelbert</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">866</td> +<td>Ethelred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">871</td> +<td>Alfred the Great</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">901</td> +<td>Edward the Elder</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">925</td> +<td>Athelston <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">941</td> +<td>Edmund</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">946</td> +<td>Edred</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">955</td> +<td>Edwy</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">959</td> +<td>Edgar</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">975</td> +<td>Edward the Martyr</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">978</td> +<td>Ethelred II</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td class="right">1016</td> +<td>Edmund II, or Ironside.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>DANISH KINGS.</h4> + +<table summary="Danish Kings"> +<tr> +<td>1017</td> +<td>Canute</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>1035</td> +<td>Harold</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>1039</td> +<td>Hardicanute</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>1041</td> +<td>Edward the Confessor</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>1065</td> +<td>Harold II.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p>William the first (commonly called the Conqueror,) Duke of Normandy, +invaded England with a powerful army, and slew Harold at <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>the battle of +Hastings. This victory is called the Conquest; it was gained on the 14th +of October, 1066.</p> + +<h4>NORMAN LINE.</h4> + +<table class="line" summary="Norman Line"> +<tr> +<th class="left">Kings names.</th> +<th class="left">Began to reign.</th> +<th class="left">Reigned years.</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>William I</td> +<td>1066</td> +<td>20</td> +<td class="note">Duke of Normandy</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>William II</td> +<td>1087</td> +<td>12</td> +<td class="note">Son to the Conqueror</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Henry I</td> +<td>1100</td> +<td>35</td> +<td class="note">Brother to William II</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Stephen</td> +<td>1135</td> +<td>18</td> +<td class="note">Grandson to the Conqueror by his daughter Adela, who +married the Earl of Blois.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>LINE OF PLANTAGENET.</h4> + +<table class="line" summary="Line of Plantagenet"> +<tr class="hidden"> +<th class="left">Kings names.</th> +<th class="left">Began to reign.</th> +<th class="left">Reigned years.</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Henry II</td> +<td class="left">1154</td> +<td>34</td> +<td class="note">Grandson to Henry I by his daughter Matilda, who married +the Earl of Anjou</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Richard I</td> +<td>1189</td> +<td>9</td> +<td class="note">Son to Henry I</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>John <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span></td> +<td>1199</td> +<td>17</td> +<td class="note">Brother to Richard I</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Henry III</td> +<td>1216</td> +<td>56</td> +<td class="note">Son to John</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Edward I</td> +<td>1272</td> +<td>34</td> +<td class="note">Son to Henry III</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Edward II</td> +<td>1307</td> +<td>19</td> +<td class="note">Son to Edward I</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Edward III</td> +<td>1327</td> +<td>50</td> +<td class="note">Son to Edward II.</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Richard II</td> +<td>1377</td> +<td>22</td> +<td class="note">Grandson to Edward III by his eldest son, the Black Prince.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>LINE OF LANCASTER.</h4> + +<table class="line" summary="Line of Lancaster"> +<tr class="hidden"> +<th class="left">Kings names.</th> +<th class="left">Began to reign.</th> +<th class="left">Reigned years.</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Henry IV</td> +<td>1399</td> +<td>13</td> +<td class="note">Son to John of Gaunt, Duke of Lancaster, fourth son +of Edward III</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Henry V</td> +<td>1413</td> +<td>9</td> +<td class="note">Son to Henry IV</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Henry VI</td> +<td>1422</td> +<td>38</td> +<td class="note">Son to Henry V.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>LINE OF YORK.</h4> + +<table class="line" summary="Line of York"> +<tr class="hidden"> +<th class="left">Kings names.</th> +<th class="left">Began to reign.</th> +<th class="left">Reigned years.</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Edward IV</td> +<td>1461</td> +<td>22</td> +<td class="note">Son to Richard Duke of York, a descendant by the +mother's side from Lionel, the third son of Edward III</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Edward V <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span></td> +<td>1483</td> +<td>2ms.</td> +<td class="note">Son of Edward IV</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Richard III</td> +<td>1483</td> +<td>2</td> +<td class="note">Uncle to Edward V.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>LINE OF TUDOR,</h4> + +<p class="narrow">In which were united the Houses of York and Lancaster, by the +marriage of Henry VII, son of the Countess of Richmond, of the +House of Lancaster, to Elizabeth daughter of Edward IV.</p> + +<table class="line" summary="Line of Tudor"> +<tr class="hidden"> +<th class="left">Kings names.</th> +<th class="left">Began to reign.</th> +<th class="left">Reigned years.</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Henry VII</td> +<td>1485</td> +<td>23</td> +<td class="note">Earl of Richmond</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Henry VIII</td> +<td>1509</td> +<td>37</td> +<td class="note">Son to Henry VII</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Edward VI</td> +<td>1547</td> +<td>6</td> +<td class="note">Son to Henry VIII</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Mary</td> +<td>1553</td> +<td>5</td> +<td class="note">Sister to Edward VI</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Elizabeth</td> +<td>1558</td> +<td>44</td> +<td class="note">Sister to Mary.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>LINE OF STUART.</h4> + +<table class="line" summary="Line of Stuart"> +<tr class="hidden"> +<th class="left">Kings names.</th> +<th class="left">Began to reign.</th> +<th class="left">Reigned years.</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>James I</td> +<td>1603</td> +<td>22</td> +<td class="note">Son to Mary queen of Scots, who was descended from +Henry VII</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Charles I</td> +<td>1625</td> +<td>23</td> +<td class="note">Son to James I. (Charles was beheaded in 1649.)</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span></p> + +<h4>COMMON-WEALTH AND PROTECTORATE OF CROMWELL.</h4> + +<table class="line" summary="Common-Wealth and Protectorate of Cromwell"> +<tr class="hidden"> +<th class="left">Kings names.</th> +<th class="left">Began to reign.</th> +<th class="left">Reigned years.</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Charles II</td> +<td>1660</td> +<td>24</td> +<td class="note">Son to Charles I</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>James II</td> +<td>1685</td> +<td>4</td> +<td>Brother to Charles II. (James II abdicated the throne in 1689.)</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>LINE OF ORANGE.</h4> + +<table class="line" summary="Line of Orange"> +<tr class="hidden"> +<th class="left">Kings names.</th> +<th class="left">Began to reign.</th> +<th class="left">Reigned years.</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>{William III</td> +<td>1689</td> +<td>13</td> +<td class="note">Nephew and Son-in-law to James II</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td colspan="2">{& Mary II Stuart</td> +<td></td> +<td class="note">Daughter to James II</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>Anne</td> +<td>1702</td> +<td>12</td> +<td class="note">Daughter to James II.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<h4>LINE OF BRUNSWICK.</h4> + +<table class="line" summary="Line of Brunswick"> +<tr class="hidden"> +<th class="left">Kings names.</th> +<th class="left">Began to reign.</th> +<th class="left">Reigned years.</th> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>George I</td> +<td>1714</td> +<td>12</td> +<td class="note">Son to the Princess Sophia, Electress of Hanover, +and grandaughter of James I</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>George II</td> +<td>1728</td> +<td>33</td> +<td class="note">Son to George I</td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td>George III</td> +<td>1760</td> +<td></td> +<td class="note">Grandson to George II.</td> +</tr> +</table> + +<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span></p> + +<p>I will not, my dear, enter into the history of any of these sovereigns, +as there are many English histories extant, which will give you better +information upon this subject, than you could receive from any +description of mine: indeed, the little I have now been telling you of +history in general, is only intended to awaken in your mind a desire for +the attainment of this useful knowledge. Modern History we shall defer +for several years, but I will to-morrow give you Rollin's Ancient +History, a work, I think, particularly well calculated for young people; +when you have read this, you shall proceed to the Roman History, after +which you may be able to enter into the accounts of more modern <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>times. +In the mean while, let me beg you to continue attentive to the +instructions you receive, and new lessons and more stories shall then be +prepared for your next</p> + +<p class="centerbold">BIRTH-DAY PRESENT.</p> + +<p class="centerboldgap">THE END.</p> + +<p class="printer2">H. Bryer, Printer, Bridge-Street, Blackfriars, London.</p> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Week of Instruction and Amusement,, by +Mrs. Harley + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT *** + +***** This file should be named 25659-h.htm or 25659-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/5/6/5/25659/ + +Produced by Tamise Totterdell and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/25659-h/images/dec.png b/25659-h/images/dec.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2c20bc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/25659-h/images/dec.png diff --git a/25659-h/images/instruction.png b/25659-h/images/instruction.png Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c984abc --- /dev/null +++ b/25659-h/images/instruction.png diff --git a/25659.txt b/25659.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5fa805b --- /dev/null +++ b/25659.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2920 @@ +Project Gutenberg's A Week of Instruction and Amusement,, by Mrs. Harley + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: A Week of Instruction and Amusement, + or, Mrs. Harley's birthday present to her daughter : + interspersed with short stories, outlines of sacred and + prophane history, geography &c. + +Author: Mrs. Harley + +Release Date: May 31, 2008 [EBook #25659] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT *** + + + + +Produced by Tamise Totterdell and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + + + + + + + + +[Illustration: Instruction.] + + + + + A + + WEEK + + OF + + INSTRUCTION + + AND + + AMUSEMENT; + + OR, + + MRS. HARLEY'S + _BIRTHDAY PRESENT_ + TO + HER DAUGHTER. + + + INTERSPERSED WITH SHORT STORIES + --OUTLINES OF SACRED AND + PROPHANE HISTORY-- + GEOGRAPHY, &c. + + + LONDON: + PRINTED FOR J. HARRIS, + CORNER OF ST. PAUL'S CHURCH-YARD. + + 1812. + + + + +H. Bryer, Printer, Bridge-Street, Blackfriars, London. + + + + +ADVERTISEMENT. + + +The following pages were written with the design of communicating, in a +manner agreeable to children, some knowledge of those subjects which +they so often find tedious and uninteresting.--Should the stories +related inspire a love of virtue, and the lessons awaken a desire for +the further acquisition of useful knowledge, the attempt, +notwithstanding its defect, cannot, it is hoped, be deemed wholly +useless. + + + + +A WEEK OF INSTRUCTION, _&c._ + + + + +_CHAPTER I._ + +THURSDAY. + + +At a pleasant village a few miles from London, resided a widow-lady of +the name of Harley; she had but one child, and to forming her manners +and instructing her mind she devoted her whole time. Anne (for so was +this little girl named) was an amiable child; she rewarded her mother's +care and affection, by paying great attention to her instructions; like +all other children, she was fond of play, but seldom murmured when +called to attend the hours set apart for working, reading, or learning +her lessons: all these she performed extremely well for her age, and had +already gone through many of the first books that are put into the hands +of children. + +As a reward for her application, her mamma had promised to write a few +stories on purpose for her, and one Thursday in the month of August, the +day on which little Anne completed her eighth year, Mrs. Harley +presented her the book which contained them, saying, "I shall only +permit you to read in this book, my dear Anne, when I have reason to be +satisfied with your conduct, for as it is now given to a good little +girl, I would never upon any account, allow a naughty one to make use of +it. We will begin our mornings with reading one of these stories, and +afterwards I will give you a lesson upon different subjects, many of +which you are now quite unacquainted with. By pursuing this method you +will be daily adding to your stock of knowledge, and will I hope in time +become a good and sensible girl: this, my dear, is the first wish of my +heart, and you must do every thing in your power to promote it. Be +industrious and docile, and you may be sure of succeeding in all I +require you to undertake. But come, the morning is so fine that we will +go into the garden, where upon yonder seat you shall begin your new +study." + +Little Anne after thanking her mamma for her kind present, followed her +to the bench, when they were seated, she opened the book, and the first +story that presented itself was + + +_The pleasure of giving, much greater than that of receiving._ + +Edward and James were the sons of a respectable farmer, who spared no +pains in giving them an education suited to their situation in life. +Having been pleased with their good conduct in some circumstances that +had lately occurred, he promised them a holiday the first time the +weather should be fine enough for them to visit their aunt, who lived a +few miles distant from the village where they resided. The wished for +morning at length arrived, the farmer gave each of his sons a shilling, +and a basket filled with provisions. Thus equipped, they began their +journey, and amused themselves on the road, by talking of the pleasure +they should have in seeing their good aunt. The best way of spending +their shillings was a subject of great importance, "I will have a +handsome kite," said Edward, "and the string shall be long enough to +allow it to fly as high as the clouds." "Yes," answered James, "but +however long your string may be, I believe it must depend upon the wind +for flying. Now, I will have a bag of marbles, with these I can always +play on the stones in the church-yard after school." "Excepting when it +rains brother James; however, as the money is our own, we have each you +know a right to please ourselves." + +Just as Edward finished speaking, a poor little ragged boy came up to +the brothers, and asked for a halfpenny to buy a bit of bread, saying +he was so very hungry he knew not what to do. "What, have you had no +breakfast! my little man?" asked James. "No, sir, nor supper last night, +do pray give me a halfpenny, I am so very faint for want of food." + +Edward immediately took a piece of cake from his basket and gave it to +the boy, enquiring at the same time, where his father and mother was. + +"Alas, my good young gentleman, they are both dead. I lost father about +a month ago, and I fear I shall soon follow him, for indeed I am very +ill, and not able to work, therefore I must be starved." "O no," said +James, "not if I can prevent it, you do indeed look very ill, but take +courage, I hope you will soon recover, and surely the parish must +provide for you--where do you live?" + +"Since father died I have had no regular home, and this is not my +parish. Sometimes I sleep in a barn. I do what I can to assist an old +man, who was my mother's uncle, but he is ill now, and not able to keep +me, so I shall be quite deserted."--"Well," said Edward, "I will provide +you with a dinner to day, and give you money to procure a lodging at +night; here is a shilling, my father gave it me to buy toys with, but I +can do better without them, than you can without food." The little boy +took the shilling, and with tears in his eyes thanked his kind friend. +James would not suffer him to depart without accepting his shilling +also, and desiring him to call the next morning at their father's, where +they would try to be of further use to him, they bade him adieu, and +pursued their journey. + +"I am sure," said Edward, "I feel more pleasure in making that child +happy, than in flying the finest kite in the world." "And I," added +James, "was a hundred times happier in giving him a shilling, than I was +when I received it this morning. Only think how rejoiced the poor boy +must be, to have so much money; I dare say he never before, possessed so +large a sum, but Edward, we shall have no new kite nor marbles +now!--Never mind, brother, we have done a good action, and that, you +know, our father says is the surest way to secure happiness"-- + +Thus conversing, these good lads arrived at their aunt's, where they +spent a very pleasant day, and in the evening returned home, to delight +their father's heart, with an account of their morning's adventure.--The +poor boy came the next morning to the farmer's, who having made the +necessary enquiries into his former conduct, took him into his service. +The brothers had soon the satisfaction of seeing him restored to health, +and in time he became a useful, faithful, and grateful servant to his +benevolent master. + + * * * * * + +"Well, my dear Anne," said Mrs. Harley, "how do you like my first +story?" + +_Anne._ O very much mamma, what good children Edward and James were, to +give their money to a poor little hungry boy; indeed, if ever I should +meet one I will do the same. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Then you will do well, and I shall love you dearly. +Remember, that the use of reading examples of virtue is to inspire you +with the desire to imitate them. But do you, my dear, know of what the +story you have just read is composed? + +_Anne._ O yes, mamma, of words, is it not? + +_Mrs. Harley._ You are right: letters make syllables, one or more +syllables make a word, words form a sentence, and a number of sentences +compose not only the little story of Edward and James, but all the great +books in the library. Now can you tell me how letters are divided? + +_Anne._ Not properly mamma, pray explain it to me. + +_Mrs. Harley._ I will my dear, and so we begin our + + +FIRST LESSON. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Letters of which there are twenty six in our language, +are divided into vowels and consonants. There are five proper vowels, a, +e, i, o, and u. Y is generally a consonant at the beginning of words, +and a vowel at the end of them. Repeat the vowels. + +_Anne._ a, e, i, o, u. Y, is sometimes a vowel, and sometimes a +consonant. The other letters are all consonants, they are, b, c, d, f, +g, h, j, k, l, m, n, p, q, r, s, t, v, w, x, y, z. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Very well, now you understand the letters, I will explain +the other little marks you see in this book. They are called stops: +there are six different ones, the comma, which is the shortest; the +semicolon;--the colon:--the period.--the note of admiration!--which +denotes wonder or surprise--and the note of interrogation? which shews +that a question is asked. Repeat them to me. + +_Anne._ , ; : . ! ? + +_Mrs. Harley._ Quite right, you may now put away your book, and go to +play. + + + + +_CHAPTER II._ + +FRIDAY. + + +_Mrs. Harley._ Here is another story for you Anne. + +_Anne._ Thank you, dear mamma, let me begin it directly. + + +_The Naughty Girl Reformed._ + +There was once a little girl who had been so much indulged in her +infancy, that by the time she arrived at her sixth year, every one +disliked her. She was proud and ill-tempered, she wanted whatever she +saw, and when any thing was refused her, she immediately began crying +and teazing her mamma for it, who being at last quite tired of her +importunity, generally gave up the point, and Fanny obtained what she +wished for. Now, though the mamma certainly intended to be very kind to +her child, yet I think she did wrong in this respect, because children +should never have what they cry for. + +Fanny's ill-temper increased with her years, she quarrelled with all the +children who used to play with her, till at length she was quite +shunned, and none of her little friends took any notice of her. + +A lady had given her sister Julia a pretty wax-doll, and she had taken +great pleasure in dressing it: almost all her leisure was occupied in +making its cloaths, and when they were completed she was quite +delighted. It so happened that Fanny was from home when her sister +received this present, but no sooner was she returned, and the doll +produced, than she began, as usual, to cry for it, and so loud, too, +that she disturbed the whole house. For this time, however, her tears +were in vain, Julia would not give up her favourite, though she +endeavoured to sooth her sister, by promising to lend it her as soon as +she should be a little more careful. Fanny was at length pacified, but +she watched the first opportunity to get possession of the doll. She +soon succeeded, and for some time played with it very carefully, but +having acquired a negligent habit of using her toys, she soon forgot its +brittle texture, and when tired of nursing it, threw it down on the +ground. The face was immediately broken to pieces, and while she was +picking up the scattered remains of the once beautiful features, Julia +entered the room. On seeing her favourite thus destroyed, she could not +help shedding tears, and she reproached Fanny for having taken the doll +without permission, especially as she had been so repeatedly desired +never to touch it. Fanny felt quite ashamed for her fault, and was +really sorry for the mischief she had occasioned: she begged her +sister's pardon and promised never again to be so naughty. The good +tempered Julia readily forgave her, and for a few days after this +misfortune Fanny behaved much better than usual. However, as ill habits +are very difficult to be overcome, she soon relapsed into her former +fretful and passionate ways; indeed, she made the family so +uncomfortable that her mother determined to send her from home, and for +that purpose wrote to a relation, entreating her to take the care of +Fanny for some time, and try if a different mode of treatment might have +some good effect in correcting her faults. + +Mrs. Benson was eminently distinguished for good sense and pleasing +manners. She had frequently regretted the improper indulgences that were +granted to this little girl, and accepted with alacrity the charge +consigned to her care. She made but a short visit to her sister, and +when she returned to her own residence, took back her little niece. It +had been a very difficult task to persuade Fanny to accompany Mrs. Benson, +but at length the engaging manners of this lady quite overcame her +reluctance, and after parting very affectionately with her mother and +sister, she got into the carriage that was to convey her above a hundred +miles from the place where she had hitherto resided. + +It was night when Mrs. Benson with her young charge arrived at the end +of her journey. The motion of the carriage had lulled Fanny to sleep, +and she was undressed and put to bed without being conscious of what was +passing around her. The next morning on opening her eyes, she was quite +surprised to find herself in an apartment with which she was wholly +unacquainted, but the sight of her aunt soon brought to her recollection +the change that had taken place. Mrs. Benson desired her to rise, but +when told to put on her stockings she began to cry, and said that her +maid always did it at home. "But here, my dear," replied Mrs. Benson, +"you must do it yourself, for I make it an invariable rule never to +assist a little girl in any thing she can so easily accomplish by +herself. And I must now tell you Fanny, that you never can have what you +cry for in my house, so be a good girl and do as you are desired." + +Fanny then continued to cry very violently, and would not obey; her +naughty behaviour had no effect upon her aunt, who continued dressing +herself, and when she had finished, went out of the room without +noticing it. Fanny being left alone, and finding that no one attended to +her tears, at length began to dress, and after she had remained quiet +for some time, a servant was sent up to assist her. She then went down +stairs, and when she entered the parlour, her aunt said to her, "I am +sorry you have been so long dressing, because I have breakfasted; the +things are removed, and I cannot suffer them to be brought up again this +morning. I am going out, and if you like to accompany me, I will shew +you the village, and we will visit some of the cottagers who are +employed in making lace, their work, I assure you, is very beautiful." + +Fanny was greatly disappointed at being deprived of her breakfast, but +she fetched her bonnet and followed her aunt. She was quite delighted +with her walk, and on her return to the house was very glad to see a +plate of bread and fruit on the table. After she had eaten as much as +she chose, Mrs. Benson shewed her some pictures, and she remained a +tolerably good girl during the rest of the day. + +The following morning, when Mrs. Benson desired Fanny to read, she was +very naughty, and would not say a letter. "Well," said her aunt, "if you +will not read you shall neither play nor walk, so when I go out I shall +leave you at home." Fanny persisted in her ill-humour, and was therefore +obliged to spend the morning alone, instead of enjoying a pleasant +ramble in the fields. When Mrs. Benson returned, she asked her niece if +she would then try to read, "because," added she "till you have done +so, you may be assured I will grant you no amusement." Fanny perceiving +that her aunt was quite determined to keep her word, at length took up +the book and read as well as she could. Mrs. Benson, pleased with her +compliance, made no allusion to her former obstinacy, but gave her a +pretty sattin pincushion, telling her that if she would try to be a good +child she should love her dearly. + +From this time Fanny began to amend; at first she found it very +difficult to restrain her temper, but the more she tried, the easier she +found the task: and though during the first few months of her residence +at Mrs. Benson's she frequently forgot the good resolutions she had +formed, yet she was always sincerely sorry for her faults, and +endeavoured to make amends by doing whatever she thought would restore +her to her aunt's favour. + +Thus Mrs. Benson had the satisfaction of seeing a child whom she had +formerly known so undutiful and ill-tempered, become by degrees quite +amiable and obliging: the alteration in her was so great, that when at +the end of a year Mrs. Benson carried her to pay a visit to her family, +they could hardly trace any resemblance between Fanny such as she now +was, and the naughty little girl who had given them so much trouble. She +staid in London three weeks, during which time the cloud of ill-humour +scarcely once ruffled her brow. At the end of that time Mrs. Benson +wished to return home, and Fanny begged to accompany her, fearing that +if deprived of her aunt's counsel before her good habits were entirely +fixed, she might relapse into her former errors. + +Several years are now past since these events happened. Fanny has been +constantly improving, she is now the delight of her family, and the +favourite of all who know her. + +Let the history of Fanny teach all little girls that to be _good_ is to +be _happy_! + + * * * * * + +"What an interesting story," said Anne, as she shut the book: "now I +find what a silly thing it is to be naughty, I will always try to be +good." + +_Mrs. Harley._ Do my dear child, and you will be sure of success. It +gives me pleasure to see you so attentive to the instructions contained +in the stories you read. + + +SECOND LESSON. + +_Mrs. Harley._ We talked about letters yesterday: to-day I will explain +figures or numbers to you, the following is a list of them: those +letters which stand for numbers are called _numeral letters_. + + 1 I One + 2 II Two + 3 III Three + 4 IV Four + 5 V Five + 6 VI Six + 7 VII Seven + 8 VIII Eight + 9 IX Nine + 10 X Ten + 11 XI Eleven + 12 XII Twelve + 13 XIII Thirteen + 14 XIV Fourteen + 15 XV Fifteen + 16 XVI Sixteen + 17 XVII Seventeen + 18 XVIII Eighteen + 19 XIX Nineteen + 20 XX Twenty + 21 XXI Twenty-one + 22 XXII Twenty-two + 23 XXIII Twenty-three + 24 XXIV Twenty-four + 25 XXV Twenty-five + 30 XXX Thirty + 36 XXXVI Thirty-six + 40 XL Forty + 47 XLVII Forty-seven + 50 L Fifty + 60 LX Sixty + 70 LXX Seventy + 80 LXXX Eighty + 90 XC Ninety + 100 C One hundred + 200 CC Two hundred + 300 CCC Three hundred + 400 CCCC Four hundred + 500 D Five hundred + 600 DC Six hundred + 700 DCC Seven hundred + 800 DCCC Eight hundred + 900 DCD Nine hundred + 1000 M One thousand + 1100 MC One thousand one hundred + 1500 MD One thousand five hundred + 1812 MDCCCXII One thousand eight hundred and twelve + +In the above list you perceive the numeral letters are I, V, X, L, C, +D, and M; the letter that stands for a smaller sum put before one that +denotes a greater takes so many from it, and that after it adds so many +to it. + +The numbers you learned long ago; but I don't think you know the +numeration table, it will teach you to read any number of figures not +exceeding nine: the last figure on the right hand denotes _units_, or +single figures, the one before that tens, then _hundreds_, _thousands_, +_tens of thousands_, _hundreds of thousands_, _tens of hundreds of +thousands_, _millions_, _tens of millions_, _hundreds of millions_, now +my dear read the following number, 123,456,789. + +_Anne._ One hundred and twenty three millions, four hundred and fifty +six thousand, seven hundred and eighty nine. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Right; it is absolutely necessary to be able to read +figures perfectly, before you can learn arithmetic. + +_Anne._ What is arithmetic, mamma? + +_Mrs. Harley._ The act of numbering, or computing by numbers, my dear. +The four principal rules of arithmetic are addition, subtraction, +multiplication, and division. + +_Anne._ I wish you would explain them to me. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Addition teaches to collect several numbers together in +order to know their total value. The answer to a question in addition +is therefore called the _sum_, _total_, or _amount_; subtraction teaches +to take a less number from a greater, in order to know the remainder. +The answer in subtraction is called the _remainder_, or _difference_. + +Multiplication teaches to find the amount of any given number repeated a +certain number of times. The answer in multiplication is called the +_product_. The three terms made use of in multiplication are, the +multiplicand, or number to be multiplied; the multiplier, or number that +multiplies; and the product or answer, which is the amount of the +multiplicand and multiplier. + +Division teaches to find how often one number is contained in another. +The answer in division is called the _quotient_. The four terms made use +of in division are, the dividend or number to be divided, the divisor, +or number that divides, the quotient or answer which is the number of +times one number is contained in another, and the remainder or what is +left after dividing. + +This explanation of arithmetic must serve you for the present, you shall +learn the multiplication table, and do some sums every day, and when you +are thoroughly acquainted with these rules, we will proceed to the +others. + + + + +_CHAPTER III._ + +SATURDAY. + + +_Mrs. Harley._ Come hither my dear Anne. Your smiling countenance tells +me I may give you a story, so take the book and let us hear the + + +_History of an Orphan._ + +One fine autumnal morning in the year 1789, John and Cicely Wortham, +with their little son Robert, began a long journey into the North of +England. They had hitherto resided at a small village near Abergavenny +in South Wales, and there they would most probably have ended their +days, had not John been informed of the death of a distant relation at +Durham, to whose property he knew himself to be the rightful heir, +though to secure it, he found it necessary to repair thither. Having, +therefore, disposed of his Welsh hut, and converted all his furniture +into money, he removed to London, and after spending a few days there, +secured places on the outside of a stage-coach, which was to convey him +with his family about half way on their journey. + +Their conversation chiefly turned on the friends they had left, and the +hopes of finding as kind ones in the country whither they were going. +Robert was too young to be interested in either the hopes or fears of +his parents; at the age of six months he slept as comfortably on his +mother's red cloak as if he had been placed on a bed of down. + +Towards the close of their second day's journey the sky began to darken, +and a violent storm of hail and rain completely penetrated the cloaths +of our poor travellers. However, as they had been always accustomed to +the inclemency of the weather they did not much mind it, and Cicely, who +was an excellent mother, took care to prevent her boy from feeling any +inconvenience. In this manner they proceeded for several miles, till at +length a large stone in the winding of the road overturned the carriage +and dashed all the outside passengers with violence to the ground. Poor +Cicely was killed on the spot; John had his leg and three of his ribs +broken, but little Robert escaped unhurt. This unfortunate family were +carried to a neighbouring farm-house, a surgeon was sent for who set +John's leg, but all attempts to recover Cicely were fruitless, a +stronger and more powerful hand than that of the surgeon had for ever +closed her eyes! The melancholy intelligence was for some hours +concealed from her husband, but at length he enquired for his wife, and +soon discovered in the mournful countenances of those around him that +she was no more. This fatal news, together with the pain of his leg and +side, so agitated his mind, that his fever increased to a very alarming +degree; and the third day from that on which the accident happened, poor +John Wortham lay a lifeless corpse by the side of his beloved Cicely. + +The humane farmer into whose house they had been carried when the coach +overset, ordered them to be decently buried. Little Robert attended at +their funeral, but was quite unconscious of his loss, though he sadly +cried for that nourishment he would never more receive from the breast +of a mother. + +When the undertaker's bill and other expences were paid, farmer Hodson +found that no more than six guineas remained for the young orphan. The +trunks and pockets of his parents were carefully searched, but no paper +appeared that gave the least information either of the name or residence +of the unfortunate pair. Hodson made every enquiry that seemed most +likely to lead to a discovery of little Robert's remaining relations: he +advertised the circumstance in several papers, but in vain, and he at +length gave up the fruitless search. Though by no means in flourishing +circumstances himself, yet he had not the heart to send the poor orphan +to the parish, and as he had no children of his own, it was agreed, +with his wife's consent, to bring him up as their adopted son. Dame +Hodson took the greatest care of her little nursling, and she had the +satisfaction of seeing his daily improvement in health and good humour. + +As Robert grew in years, he discovered to his kind friends a heart +framed for the reception of every noble and virtuous sentiment: by the +time he attained his twelfth year he was their chief delight, and the +affectionate supporter of their declining years. Time passed on, Hodson +could not labour as he had done, and two bad years, joined to his +infirmities, reduced the family to much distress. Now was the time for +the farmer to reap the reward of his generous compassion to a forlorn +infant. Robert, ever industrious, earned enough with his own hands to +maintain his benefactors. Were they sick, Robert was their nurse--were +they sad, Robert was their comforter--he read to them, cheered their +drooping spirits, and smoothed the pillow of declining years. + +It happened about this time, that a gentleman of the name of Goldworthy, +bought a large estate in the county where farmer Hodson resided; he +heard the story of young Robert, and felt greatly interested for the +whole family. He visited them, and found the accounts that had been +given him were strictly true, and from that time he resolved to be +their friend. Mr. Goldworthy, though master of a large fortune, and +consequently placed above the reach of many misfortunes to which the +more indigent are exposed, yet possessed a heart always alive to the +distresses of others.--He determined with Hodson's consent, to take +charge of young Robert, and fit him for some respectable employment, +where he might have a larger scope for the exercise of his virtues and +more abundant means for gratifying his generous disposition. Hodson with +gratitude accepted Mr. Goldworthy's proposal; but no temptation, however +alluring to his youthful mind, could induce our hero to quit his old and +earliest friends, till Mr. Goldworthy promised to remove them to a +cottage adjoining his own house, where they should be furnished with +every thing necessary to their support. Here they spent many happy +years, and had the heartfelt satisfaction of seeing their beloved boy +grow up a respectable and worthy member of society, a useful assistant +to his benefactor, and a friend to the poor. + + * * * * * + +"Dear mamma," said Anne, "I am quite delighted with farmer Hodson and +his wife: they deserved Mr. Goldworthy's kindness to them, and what a +sweet little boy Robert must have been!" + +_Mrs. Harley._ Yes, my dear, he was an excellent youth, and his good +conduct met its reward in the affection of his friends. I wish you, my +dear child, to be convinced, from this story, that there is no situation +in life, however humble, which does not afford opportunities for +exercising those duties recommended to us by our Saviour.--To feed the +hungry, to clothe the naked, and to comfort the afflicted, is, to a +certain degree, in the power of us all. You may be in a situation that +will enable you to dispense comfort to many; but in relieving strangers, +never forget the duties you owe to your own family; be mild and +submissive when they correct you, obedient to their wishes, attentive to +their instructions, and endeavour by the affectionate gratitude of your +conduct, to repay the many hours of anxious solicitude they must spend +on your account. + +Lift up your heart with gratitude to the great God who made you, and, +when you reflect on the many blessings you enjoy, never, if you do meet +with little disappointments, give way to discontent and murmurings. +Remember, it is easy to be good humoured when every thing happens +agreeably to our wishes: it is only by cheerfully submitting to the +opposition of them that a really good temper is proved. We must now +hasten to our other business, or we shall not have time to finish it +before dinner. + +_Anne._ I am quite ready to attend to you, dear mamma; Grammar, I think, +is to be the subject of our lesson. What is the meaning of the word +Grammar? + + +THIRD LESSON. + +_Mrs. Harley._ The shortest definition I can give you of Grammar, is I +believe, my dear, by saying, that it is the art of speaking and writing +a language correctly. By parts of speech are meant the different kinds +of words of which a language is composed: ours is the English language, +and it contains _nine_ parts of speech, which are, + + The Article, + The Noun or Substantive, + The Pronoun, + The Adjective, + The Verb, + The Adverb, + The Preposition, + The Conjunction, + The Interjection. + +Do you think you can remember their names, Anne. + +_Anne._ I will try do so, mamma. + +_Mrs. Harley._ I will now give you a short explanation of them. An +article is placed before a substantive to limit or determine its +meaning; the articles are _a_, _an_, and _the_; _a_ or _an_ is called +the _indefinite article_, because it does not point out any particular +object: _the_ is called the _definite article_ because it determines +what particular object is meant. Do you understand this explanation, my +dear? + +_Anne._ Perfectly mamma; _a_ man, _an_ orange, mean any man, or any +orange; but _the_ man, _the_ orange, refer to some particular man or +orange. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Quite right, _a_ you perceive is used before a consonant +and _an_ before a vowel. + +A noun is the name of a _person_, _place_, or _thing_. Nouns are divided +into _proper_ and _common_; _proper nouns_ are the names of particular +persons, places, or things, common nouns are the names that belong to +all persons, places or things of the same kind. Give me some examples. + +_Anne._ Anne, Clapham, Limetree, are proper nouns; girl, village, tree, +are common nouns. + +_Mrs. Harley._ _Gender_ is the distinction of sex; there are three +genders, the _masculine_ which denotes the male kind as, a man: the +_feminine_ which denotes the female kind as, a woman: and the _neuter_ +which denotes things without animated life as, a cabbage. + +_Number_ is the distinction of one from many: there are two numbers, the +_singular_ which speaks of one; and the _plural_ which speaks of more +than one. Tell me some nouns with their genders and numbers. + +_Anne._ I know that mamma is a noun of the feminine gender and singular +number; men is a noun masculine and plural; table is neuter and +singular. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Very well. A _Pronoun_ is used to avoid repeating the +noun as, Frederic was good, and _he_ went out. There are four kinds of +pronouns. _Personal pronouns_, as, _I_, _me_; _thou_, _thee_; _he_, +_him_; _she_, _her_; _it_: _we_, _us_; _you_; _they_, _them_. +_Possessive pronouns_ which denote property, as, _my_, _mine_; _thy_, +_thine_; _his_; _her_, _hers_; _its_: _our_, _ours_; _your_, _yours_; +_their_, _theirs_; _whose_, _ones_, and _anothers_. _Relative pronouns_ +which refer to a noun going before or coming after them; they are, +_who_, _whom_, _which_, _what_, and _whether_. _Demonstrative pronouns_ +point out some particular object; they are, _this_, _these_; _that_, and +_those_. + +_Anne._ I don't think I can remember all these words without reading +them over a great many times, but I quite understand the use of the +pronoun, for it would be very awkward to say, Mary played, Mary +laughed, and Mary danced; I ought to say, Mary played, she laughed, and +she danced. + +_Mrs. Harley._ I am pleased with your attention. The _adjective_ +explains the _quality_, _colour_, _form_, _size_, or any other property +of the noun, as, good, blue, square, large. The signification of +adjectives may be increased or diminished, and this is called +_comparison_; there are two degrees of comparison, the comparative, +which increases or diminishes the quality, is formed by adding _er_ to +the adjective in its positive state; the superlative increases or +diminishes the comparative to its last degree, and is formed by adding +_est_ to the adjective in its positive or original state, as long, +longer, longest; short, shorter, shortest. When the adjective consists +of more than two syllables, the comparative and superlative are formed +by prefixing the words more and most to the adjective; as, beautiful, +more beautiful, most beautiful. Some adjectives differ entirely from +these rules in forming their comparison, as, good, better, best; bad, +worse, worst. Now, some examples. + +_Anne._ Fine is an adjective because it is a quality, black because it +is a colour, coarse is an adjective in its positive state, brighter is +the comparative degree, and youngest is the superlative. + +_Mrs. Harley._ A _verb_ is a word which signifies _to be_, _to do_, or +_to suffer_. Verbs are divided into _neuter_, _active_, and _passive_. +Neuter verbs merely signify being, or that kind of action which has no +effect upon any thing beyond the performer, as, _I am_, _I sit_, _I +walk_. (You may distinguish those neuter verbs that seem to imply action +from active verbs by their making a complete sense by themselves, +whereas active verbs always require a noun or pronoun after them to +finish the sense.) + +_Active verbs_, denote action as, I eat, I love, I work. _Passive +verbs_, denote suffering, they are only the _participle passive_ of an +active verb with a tense of the neuter verb _to be_ before it; as, _I am +loved_, _you are dressed_. + +Any word is a verb before which you can place a _noun_, a _pronoun_, or +the word _to_, as _Mary talks_, _he works_, _to be_. The different times +when actions are performed are called _tenses_, there are properly only +three, the present, as _I am_, the past as _I was_, and the future as _I +shall be_; but these are subdivided into others; and there are a great +many other things relating to verbs, which you shall learn when you are +a little older. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma, I believe I understand all that you have told +me about verbs, except the meaning of _participle passive_. + +_Mrs. Harley._ A _participle passive_, my dear, is that part of a verb +which follows a tense of either of the verbs _to have_, or _to be_. +Some people consider it a distinct part of speech. + +_Adverbs_ denote _time_, _place_, _manner_, and _quantity_; therefore +you may always know them by recollecting their meaning: _to-day_, +_there_, _prettily_, _much_, are adverbs. + +Prepositions serve to connect words with one another and to shew the +relation between them. They require some word after them to complete the +sense; as, come _to_ me, _up_, _down_, _to_, _from_, _for_, are +prepositions. + +Conjunctions join words and sentences together, as you _and_ I are +going, _but_ she stays at home. + +Interjections express some emotion of the mind as, Alas! Oh! Ah! + +I am afraid, my dear, you are quite tired of this long lesson, but I +don't expect you to remember all I have told you; we will talk over a +_very_ small portion of it every day, and then in time you will be able +to tell me what part of speech any word is that I may ask you.--I will +give you a little example to shew you what I mean and then you shall run +away. + +The rose in your nosegay was very beautiful a little while ago; but +alas! it is now quite dead! + +_The_, an article definite--_rose_, a substantive, neuter gender, +singular number--_in_, a preposition--_your_, a possessive +pronoun--_nosegay_, a substantive--_was_, a verb neuter past +tense--_very_, an adverb--_beautiful_, an adjective--_a_, an article +indefinite--_little_, an adjective--_while_, a substantive--_ago_, an +adverb--_but_, a conjunction--_alas!_, an interjection--_it_, a personal +pronoun neuter gender--_is_, a verb--_now_, an adverb--_quite_, an +adverb,--_dead_, a verb, participle passive. + + * * * * * + +Children might soon understand that a case in grammar signifies the +different terminations of nouns and pronouns. A noun has two cases, the +nominative which simply names the object: it generally precedes the +verb, and answers to the questions who? which? what? The genitive +denotes possession and is formed by adding an apostrophe, and the letter +_s_ to the nominative; it answers to the question whose? When the +plural nominative ends in _s_ the apostrophe only is added: ex. _Anne_ +plays. Who? Anne.--_Mary's_ gown. Whose? _Mary's._--_Birds'_ feathers. +Whose? _Birds'._ + +A personal pronoun has two cases the _nominative_ and the _objective_. +The nominative precedes the verb, and requires it to be of the same +person and number as itself; it answers to the questions, who? which? +what? The objective follows the verb, and answers to the question whom? +ex. _I_ dance, who? _I._--We love _her_, whom? _her._ + + SINGULAR. PLURAL. + + _Nom._ _Objec._ _Nom._ _Objec._ + I Me We Us + Thou Thee You You + He Him They Them + She Her + It It + +The accusative case of the relative pronoun _who_ is _whom_. + + + + +_CHAPTER IV_ + +SUNDAY. + + +_Mrs. Harley._ Come hither, my love: you know that to-day is called +_Sunday_, and is set apart for the observance of _religious_ duties. + +You have read in the Bible that God created the heavens, the earth, the +sea, and all that therein is, in the space of six days, that he rested +on the seventh, and called that day holy, ordering his people so to +observe it, and to abstain from every kind of labour throughout its +duration. Therefore, the Jews, to whom this commandment was originally +given, keep their sabbath on Saturday, the last day in the week; but +Christians, who have been taught the blessed religion of Jesus, begin +the week with praising God. No command for changing the day of worship +seems ever to have been given, either by our Saviour or the apostles; +but we know that it was the custom of the earliest Christians, even +during our Lord's time, to meet together on the first day of the week +for the purpose of holding religious assemblies; and all nations which +have embraced the religion of the New Testament have adhered to this +practice. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma. Will you now perform your promise of giving +me a new morning and evening prayer? + +_Mrs. Harley._ In the evening I will, my dear; but at present, I wish to +give you a short account of the contents of the books contained in the +sacred volumes. As yet you have only read detached parts of them, and +before you proceed to a more general perusal, it may be useful to have +some distinct idea of the whole. The account I shall give you I have +chiefly extracted from Dr. Prettyman's Elements of Christian Theology. + +All the books of the Bible were originally written in Hebrew, excepting +a few passages towards the conclusion of the volume, which appear in +the Chaldee tongue. The English translation used in all our churches was +begun and completed in the reign of James the first. + +The five first books of the Bible are, Genesis, which begins with an +account of the creation of the world, and ends with the death of Joseph. + +Exodus, which relates the departure of the Israelites out of Egypt; +their bondage in that country, deliverance by Moses, and the +promulgation of the law. + +Leviticus, which describes the offices and duties of the Levites and +priests. + +Numbers, which contains an account of the numbering of the people in the +wilderness when a very miraculous increase was found to have taken +place since the arrival of Jacob and his family in Egypt. + +Deuteronomy, which contains a repetition of the civil and moral law, and +ends with the death of Moses. These five books are called the +Pentateuch, and were written by Moses. They contain the history of 2552 +years and a half. + +Joshua, contains an account of the conquest and division of Canaan among +the twelve tribes, and ends with the death of Joshua. This book is +supposed to have been written by himself, excepting the last few verses, +which were added by one of his successors. + +Judges gives an account of the Jewish history from the death of Moses +to that of Sampson. It was most probably written by Samuel. + +Ruth contains the history of the person of that name, a native of Moab: +she married Boaz an Israelite, and was the great grandmother of David. +This book is generally ascribed to Samuel. The first book of Samuel +completes the government of the Judges, and relates the appointment of +Saul to be king of Israel, the rejection of his family, and the +anointing of David. + +The second book of Samuel continues the history of David after the death +of Saul. Most probably, Samuel wrote the first 24 chapters of the first +book, and the prophets Gad and Nathan the remainder of it, and all the +second. + +The first book of Kings commences with an account of the death of +David, and continues to that of Jehosaphat. + +The second book of Kings continues the history of the kings of Judah and +Israel to the destruction of the city and temple of Jerusalem by +Nebuchadnezzar. These books were probably compiled by Ezra, from the +records which were kept both at Jerusalem and Samaria of all public +transactions. + +The two books of Chronicles contain a great many genealogical tables, +and various circumstances omitted in the other historical books of +Scripture. + +Ezra, continues the Jewish history from the edict of Cyrus (which +permitted the Jews to return to their own land, and rebuild their +temple,) to the reform effected among them, by Ezra and Nehemiah. Ezra +wrote part of this book in Chaldee. + +Nehemiah gives an account of his own appointment to the government of +Judea, and his administration to the year of the world 3595, at which +period the scripture history closes. + +Esther, contains the history of a Jewish captive of that name, who by +her good qualities gained the affections of Ahasuerus, and was by him +raised to the throne of Persia. It is supposed that by Ahasuerus is +meant Artaxerxes Longimanus. There is great diversity of opinion +concerning the author of this book; it has been ascribed to Ezra, to +Mordecai, and to the joint labours of the great synagogue. + +Job, contains the history of a man remarkable for his piety and +patience, under severe afflictions. The author of this book is very +uncertain. Some ascribe it to Moses, others to Job himself. + +The Psalms, are a collection of hymns in praise of God, written by +different persons, but as the greater part of them was composed by +David, they are generally called the Psalms of David. + +The Proverbs, are a collection of short sentences, written by Solomon, +in which much excellent advice is contained. + +Ecclesiastes, is supposed to have been written by Solomon, after he +repented of the idolatry and sin into which he fell, towards the close +of his life, and with the design to point out the vanity of worldly +pursuits, in order to induce men to prepare for that state, where there +will be no vanity nor vexation of spirit. + +The Song of Solomon, is a pastoral dialogue, supposed to have been +written by him, upon his marriage with the daughter of Pharoah. + +It is universally allowed that the 16 Prophetical Books, and the +Lamentations of Jeremiah, which describe the desolation of Judah, during +the Babylonian captivity, and prophecy the still greater misfortunes to +be suffered at a future time, were written by the persons whose names +they bear. + +The four great prophets were, Isaiah, Jeremiah, Ezekiel, and +Daniel.--The twelve minor prophets were, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, +Jonah, Micah, Nahum, Habbakuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah, and +Malachi. + +The books of the New Testament were all originally written in Greek; +except St. Matthew's Gospel, and St. Paul's Epistle to the Hebrews, +which many commentators suppose to have been originally composed in +Hebrew, and then immediately translated into Greek; but opinions in this +respect are much divided. + +The Four Gospels, written by Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John, give an +account of the life, ministry, death, and resurrection of our Saviour. + +The Acts of the Apostles written by Luke, gives an historical account of +the progress of Christianity after our Saviour's ascension. The latter +part of the book is confined to the history of Saint Paul, of whom St. +Luke was the constant companion for many years. + +Of the fourteen Epistles ascribed to St. Paul, viz. Romans, 1 and 2 to +the Corinthians, Galatians, Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, 1 and 2 +to the Thessalonians, 1 and 2 to Timothy, Titus, Philemon, and Hebrews, +the first thirteen have, in all ages of the Church, been universally +acknowledged to be written by him. Many doubts have been entertained +concerning the author of the Epistle to the Hebrews. St. Paul was born +at Tarsus the principal city of Cilicia in Asia Minor, and was by birth +both a Jew and a citizen of Rome. St. Paul is not mentioned in the +Gospels, nor is it known whether he ever heard our Saviour preach. His +name is first noticed in the account of St. Stephen's Martyrdom, which +was followed by a severe persecution of the Church at Jerusalem, in +which St. Paul, (who was then called Saul) distinguished himself among +its enemies, by his activity and violence. He was going to Damascus, to +bring back bound any Christians whom he might find there, when his +miraculous conversion took place: after which, he became one of the most +zealous preachers of the Gospel; and as he devoted much of his time to +the instruction of the Gentiles, he is called the _Apostle of the +Gentiles_. Gentiles, was the appellation by which all nations were +distinguished, that were not Jews, and consequently the Gentiles were +Pagans. St. Paul performed many voyages and journies in the service of +the Christian religion, and the New Testament history closes A. D. 63, +with his release from a two years imprisonment at Rome; no ancient +author has left any particulars of the remaining part of this Apostle's +life. + +The Epistle of St. James was written by that Apostle, who is called +James the Less, the son of Alphaeus or Cleophat, which are supposed to +be the same name, differently written. It contains much excellent +instruction. + +The two Epistles of St. Peter, were written by that Apostle, who enjoyed +the favour of his divine master, in a peculiar degree. St. Peter seems +to have been almost the constant companion of our Lord, and was +extremely zealous in propagating his religion, though he was +occasionally led into great errors, particularly the denial of his +master, but his bitter remorse and repentance, prove that his sorrow for +this crime was sincere. He admitted Cornelius, the first Gentile +convert, into the Christian faith, but as the chief of his instructions +were confined to the Jews, he is called the apostle of the Jews. + +The three Epistles of St. John, were written by the apostle who was +favoured with the greatest share of our Saviour's affection. He leaned +on his bosom at the last supper, and was one of the first who were made +acquainted with his resurrection. + +The Epistle of St. Jude was written by the apostle, who was also called +Lebbaeus and Thaddaeus, he was the brother of James the Less, and +excepting in the catalogue of the apostles, is only once mentioned in +the Gospels. (John chap. 14, verse 22). + +The Revelation of John the divine, was written by the same Evangelist +and Apostle who wrote the Gospels and Epistles bearing that name. The +Revelation is a prophetical book, and was written by St. John, during +his banishment to the isle of Patmos, in the time of Domitian. St. John +is supposed to have been the youngest of the Apostles, and to have +survived all the rest. He died at Ephesus in Asia Minor, in the third +year of the emperor Trajan's reign, A. D. 100.--The Apostles were twelve +good men, whom Jesus chose to be the ministers of his gospel. They were +entrusted with the power of working miracles: and their names were, +Simon Peter, James the son of Zebedee, and John his brother, Andrew, +Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus (called +also James the Less,) Thaddeus whose sirname was Jude, Simon the +Canaanite, and Judas Iscariot.--After the death of Judas Iscariot who +betrayed our Saviour, Matthias was chosen in his stead. + +The Disciples of Christ, were those who learned of him as their master. + +Thus, my dear, I have given you a short account of all the books +contained in the sacred volumes. I will now mention to you, a few of the +principal Jewish sects, and then proceed to some description of the +history of that people. + +There does not appear to have been any difference of religious opinions +among the Jews, till after the cessation of prophecy: most of them +sprang up, subsequent to the return from the Babylonian captivity. + +The Scribes are not usually considered as a religious sect: they were +writers of the law, and often perverted the meaning of the text, instead +of explaining it. "Scribes," "doctors of the law," and "lawyers," were +only different names for the same class of men. + +The Pharisees believed in the immortality of the soul, the resurrection +of the dead, and in a future state of rewards and punishments. "Trusting +in themselves that they were righteous," they despised the rest of +mankind, were entirely destitute of humility towards God, and paid more +attention to outward ceremonies than to the duties of moral virtue. + +The Sadducees denied the resurrection of the dead, and the immortality +of the soul; therefore, confining all their hopes to this present world, +they devoted themselves to its pleasures, and only punished the crimes +which disturbed the public tranquillity. + +The Nazarites, of whom we read in the Old and New Testament, were +persons either devoted to God by their parents, or who devoted +themselves for life, or for a limited time. The only three instances of +Nazarites devoted to God by their parents before their birth, are +Sampson, Samuel, and John the Baptist. + +The Herodians were partizans of Herod the Great. + +The Galileans, so called from their leader Judas of Galilee, were a very +turbulent and seditious sect, and by degrees united to themselves almost +all the other sects. + +The Publicans were not of any sect, civil or religious, but merely +tax-gatherers, and collectors of customs due to the Romans. The +Publicans were generally Jews, and by their employment were rendered +odious to their brethren. + +Proselytes were those persons, who being Gentiles by birth, came over to +the Jewish religion, but retained that name, till they were admitted +into the congregation of the Lord, as adopted children. + +The land of Canaan, so named from Canaan the son of Ham, whose +posterity possessed this land, as well as Egypt or Mizraim, lies in the +western part of Asia. Its boundaries were to the north, Coelo Syria; +to the west, the Mediterranean Sea; to the east, Arabia Deserta; and to +the south and south west, Arabia Petrea and Egypt. Its extent was about +200 miles from north to south, and its breadth 100.--It was divided into +two parts, by the river Jordan; the capital was Jerusalem, (supposed to +have been the Salem of Melchisedek.) The whole country was also called +Palestine from the Philistines, who inhabiting the western coast, were +first known to the Romans, and being by them corruptly called +Palestines, gave that name to the country; but it was more commonly +called Judea, as the land of the Jews. Since our Saviour's advent it has +been called the Holy land, but in modern writers, all distinction is +frequently lost in the name of Syria, which is given to the whole +country east of the Mediterranean, between the sea and the desert. + + * * * * * + +The government of the Jews partook of the patriarchal form, as much as +was consistent with the condition and circumstances of a nation. + +The leaders or princes of the 12 tribes, possessed a peculiar and +supreme authority over each tribe, as their chief magistrate and leader +in time of war. + +The elders or rulers of cities, only exercised authority in their own +respective cities, and as well as the princes were subject to the great +council. + +The Sanhedrim or great national council of the Jews was established by +Moses: it consisted of 70 persons, besides the president, who after the +time of Moses was usually the High Priest. + + * * * * * + +The Septuagint is a Greek translation of the Bible, made at Alexandria, +when Ptolemy Philadelphus was king of Egypt. It is often signified in +books by "the LXX." + +The Vulgate was a very ancient version of the Bible in Latin. + +The Bible commences with an account of the creation of the world, 4004 +B. C., the history of our first parents, their deviation from virtue, +and the evil consequences that ensued. To Adam and Eve were born sons +and daughters. The only three mentioned by name, are Cain, Abel and +Seth, and the sacred historian has chiefly confined himself to the +posterity of Seth, from whom Noah descended: in his time mankind became +very wicked, and to punish them, God sent a violent rain upon the earth +which caused a general deluge, and all the inhabitants of the world were +drowned, except Noah, his wife, their three sons, Shem, Ham, and +Japhet, and their wives, and a few animals of every kind. The +descendants of Noah and his sons multiplied greatly, and "they were all +of one language," after a time the whole race of men moved from their +original habitations in Armenia, and settled in the plains of Shinar +near the Euphrates. Here they determined to establish themselves, and +build a tower whose top might reach the heavens. God was displeased with +this work, which seems to have been undertaken in defiance of his power, +and he confounded the language of those who were engaged in it. This +obliged them to discontinue their labour; they soon after dispersed, and +the different parts of the world became inhabited. + +Terah the father of Abraham was a descendant of Shem; he settled with +his family in Haran in Mesopotamia, where he died: God soon after +commanded Abraham to remove with his wife Sarah into the land of Canaan, +and here when they were far advanced in age, their son Isaac was born. +God made many remarkable promises to Abraham, and one of them was, "that +in him all the families of the earth should be blessed." This was a +declaration that the Messiah should be a descendant of Abraham. To make +trial of his obedience, God ordered him to offer up Isaac, as a burnt +offering on Mount Moriah, but just as he was going to slay him, an +angel of the Lord appeared, and told him not to touch the lad, but to +take a ram and offer it up in his stead. It was upon this mountain that +Solomon's temple was afterwards built and here our Saviour was +crucified, the mountain being then called Calvary. + +Isaac married Rebekah, and had two sons, Esau and Jacob. Jacob though +the younger obtained the rights of primogeniture; he also procured his +father's blessing by very unjustifiable means; and then repaired to +Padan-aram to take a wife out of his own family. He married Leah and +Rachel, and had twelve sons, who were called the twelve Patriarchs or +fathers of the 12 tribes of Israel, their names were, Reuben, Simeon, +Levi, Judah, Dan, Naphthali, Gad, Asher, Issachar, Zabulon, Joseph and +Benjamin. They were all born in Padan-aram; but Jacob returned to Canaan +before his father's death. Joseph was the favourite son of Jacob; on +which account his brethren hated him, and at length sold him to some +Ishmaelites, who were merchants, and the descendants of Ishmael a son of +Abraham; these Ishmaelites carried Joseph into Egypt, where he became a +slave to Potiphar, the chief officer under the king. His good conduct +soon gained the esteem and confidence of his master, but the wickedness +of Potiphar's wife caused him to be thrown into prison. He was released +from this confinement, in order to interpret two dreams of Pharoah's. +God enabled him to discover that they predicted seven years of plenty +which would be followed by seven years of famine; and the wise advice +Joseph gave the king on this subject, induced the monarch to raise him +to a very high office in his kingdom, and entrust to him the whole care +of collecting and managing the corn. This famine was severely felt in +Canaan, and Jacob sent his sons into Egypt to purchase corn. Joseph +recognised his brethren, and after putting them to several trials, for +the purpose of making them properly sensible of their former cruel +conduct, he discovered himself to them in a very affectionate manner; +he enquired concerning his father, and when he found the old man was +still alive, he desired his brothers to fetch him, and their families +out of Canaan. Jacob who had bitterly wept the loss of his favourite +son, whom he believed from the accounts of his other children to have +been devoured by a wild beast, rejoiced when he heard of his safety, and +desired to go to Egypt to see him before he died. Pharoah gave Joseph's +family the land of Goshen for their residence; and during his reign, the +Hebrews were held in great estimation. The descendants of Jacob +multiplied to so great a degree, that about sixty years after the death +of Joseph, the king who then reigned over Egypt became jealous of their +numbers, and endeavoured to check their increase by slaying the infants, +and reducing the parents to a state of slavery. They suffered many +hardships during several years, but at length God was pleased to deliver +them in a miraculous manner by the hand of Moses, who would soon have +conducted them into the promised land, had not their disobedience and +perverseness brought upon them the punishment of a forty years' +wandering in the wilderness. During this time, God commanded Moses to +deliver his laws to the people of Israel. Aaron the brother of Moses was +made High Priest, and to him was committed the superintendance of +religious ceremonies. + +Neither Moses nor Aaron were permitted to enter the promised land on +account of their disobedience to a command of God; and they both died in +the wilderness during the last year of their wandering. Joshua was +appointed to succeed Moses in the important office of leader of the +people, God promised him his support, and when all things were prepared, +he led the Israelites to the banks of the river Jordan: as soon as their +feet touched the water, the current was stopped, the river became dry +ground, and the people entered the country opposite to the city of +Jericho, which was taken in a miraculous manner. + +Some time after Joshua's death, Judges were appointed to govern Israel: +they were 12 in number and their government lasted rather more than 300 +years. Othniel was the first of the Judges, and Samuel the last. In his +time the people desired to have a king like other nations, and God +commanded him to anoint Saul of the tribe of Benjamin 1095 years B. C., +to be the first king of Israel. Johim succeeded David of the tribe of +Judah, and at his death the throne devolved to his son Solomon, who +built a temple to the name of the "Lord his God;" in it were deposited +the ark--the holy Scriptures, and other sacred things.--Solomon was +succeeded by his son Rehoboam, the folly and wickedness of whose conduct +induced ten of the tribes to revolt, and they chose Jeroboam one of his +officers for their king. The two tribes that remained faithful to +Rehoboam were Judah and Benjamin. Rehoboam's kingdom was called Judah, +and the capital of it was Jerusalem. Jeroboam's kingdom was named Israel +and its chief city was Samaria. + +Jeroboam was succeeded by his son Nadab; and after he had reigned two +years, he was killed by Baasha, who usurped the crown and destroyed the +whole race of Jeroboam, a man remarkable for his impiety.--All the +succeeding kings of Judah were descendants of Rehoboam, which fulfilled +the promise made by God to David, that he would "establish his house and +the throne of his kingdom for ever:" this was a declaration that the +Messiah was to be a descendant of David. + +There were frequent wars between the kings of Judah and Israel, and +between them and the neighbouring kings,--the kings and people both of +Judah and Israel, soon fell into the greatest depravity; and at length +God suffered Shalmaneser king of Assyria, by the capture of Samaria in +the reign of Hoshea, to put an end to the kingdom of Israel 721 years +B. C. and about 250 years after its first establishment into a separate +kingdom. And 606 years B. C. and about 115 years after the destruction +of the kingdom of Israel, God permitted Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, +to invade Judea in the reign of Jehoiakim, and to besiege and take +Jerusalem. Jehoiakim was carried prisoner to Babylon, though afterwards +restored to his kingdom, and succeeded by two other kings, yet, from +this period may be dated the commencement of the Babylonian captivity, +which according to the prediction of Jeremiah was to last 70 years. When +this time was completed, Cyrus, under whom were united the kingdoms of +Persia, Media, and Babylon, permitted the Jews to return to their own +land, and rebuild their temple at Jerusalem. + +They were conducted by Zerubbabel the grandson of Jeconias, and Joshua +the son of Josedec the high priest. The second temple was finished in +the reign of king Darius of Persia. + +The settlement of the people "after their old estate," together with the +arrangement of all civil and ecclesiastical matters, were completed by +Ezra and Nehemiah. + +At the period, about 430 years B. C. the Scripture history closes, and +for the remaining particulars of the Jewish history recourse must be had +to uninspired writers, particularly to the books of the Maccabees and to +Josephus. + +Judea continued subject to Persia until Alexander conquered that +country; it then fell under his dominion and he treated the Jews with +great lenity. After the conqueror's death, Judea became subject to his +successors, till Mattathias, a priest eminent for his piety and +resolution, encouraged the people to shake off the Syrian yoke. +Mattathias died before this was effected, but his son Judas Maccabeus +completed the deliverance of his country, and the government of Judea +remained in his family till the time of Herod the great, who put an end +to the administration of the Maccabees or Armenians, and prevailed upon +the Roman senate to appoint him king of Judea. + +It was in the thirty sixth year of the reign of Herod, and while +Augustus was Emperor of Rome that our Saviour Jesus Christ was born, +four years before the common aera. + +Herod was a cruel tyrant to his people, and even to his own children: +but to keep the Jews in subjection, and to erect a lasting monument to +his own name, he repaired the temple at Jerusalem, and considerably +enlarged the kingdom of Judea. + +At his death, the countries over which he had reigned were divided among +his three sons, but they were not allowed to take the title of kings; +they were called ethnarchs or tetrarchs. Archelaus one of Herod's sons, +acting with great cruelty and injustice, was, by order of Augustus, +banished to Vienne in Gaul, where he died. His dominions were then +reduced to a Roman province, and from this time the Jews possessed but +little civil authority. Justice was administered in the name and by the +laws of Rome, and taxes were paid immediately to the emperor. Several of +the Roman governors severely oppressed and persecuted the Jews, and at +length, in the reign of Nero they openly revolted from the Romans. Then +began the Jewish war, which was terminated after an obstinate defence +and unparalleled suffering, on the part of the Jews, by the total +destruction of the city and temple of Jerusalem, by Titus son of +Vespasian the Roman emperor. Since that time the Jews have no where +subsisted as a nation. + +Though I have endeavoured, my dear, to give you as brief an account as +possible of the Jewish history, yet the subject is so interesting, that +I perceive it has already occupied a much longer time than I at first +intended. The history of our Saviour's ministry and the Acts of the +Apostles we must therefore defer to a future opportunity: though I +hardly know if these subjects require any elucidation; the facts in the +New Testament being recorded in so clear a manner by the Evangelists +themselves, that I think they must be intelligible even to your +apprehension. + +I hope you will perceive that I have mentioned but very slightly some of +the most interesting and important events, purposely to induce you to +seek a more detailed account of them in the sacred volume itself. This +inestimable treasure will I am sure furnish the most agreeable topic of +many of our future conversations. You, my dear, have never been taught +to consider religion as a dry and difficult study, but rather as a means +of adding to the cheerful enjoyment of the many blessings bestowed upon +you by the almighty giver of all good, and I trust the gratitude and +piety of your future life will prove you worthy of being called a +disciple of the benevolent Jesus. + +_Anne._ Indeed, mamma, I feel the truth of what you say, and I will +endeavour to act as you wish me.--I am sure I shall have much more +pleasure in reading those parts of the Bible you think proper for me, +now I have some connected idea of the whole. + +_Mrs. Harley._ I believe you will. But good bye, my love, for the +present: when you go to bed you will find the prayers you asked for on +my table; there are besides two hymns which I have selected from an +admirable collection. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma, I will learn to repeat them. + + +_A Morning Prayer for a Child._ + +O Almighty God, the Father and Preserver of all mankind! I desire to +offer thee my sincerest thanks that I am arisen this morning in health +and safety. May I spend the day on which I am now entered in +endeavouring to do thy will: let me carefully avoid all that I know to +be displeasing in thy sight, and diligently apply myself to perform all +the good in my power. May I keep a strict watch over my lips and temper, +and try to live in peace with those around me. Grant thy protection and +blessing to my relations and friends; if it should please thee to +preserve us through this day, may the close of it find us more worthy of +again addressing thee through Jesus Christ, + +Our Father, &c. + + +_An Evening Prayer._ + +Almighty and Merciful God! at the close of another day which thou hast +graciously permitted me to spend in the enjoyment of many blessings, I +would return thee humble thanksgivings from a grateful heart. Conscious +of the many errors I am continually committing, I would earnestly +implore thy pardon for whatsoever has been amiss in my conduct this day. +Forgive me, O Lord, every foolish and angry word I have spoken, every +perverse thought I have indulged, all I have done that I ought not to +have done, and all I have left undone that I ought to have done. O may I +truly repent of these my past faults, and strive to amend my future +life. Bless my relations and friends; pardon all their past +transgressions, and if it please thee to preserve us through the night, +may we arise in the morning to do thy will. Above all the other +blessings thou hast granted me, I would value that of having become +early acquainted with the religion of Jesus. May his example be my +guide, and, with a thankful remembrance of all he did and suffered for +our sakes, I sum up my petitions for the whole human race in the prayer +himself taught us, saying, + +Our Father, &c. + + + A MORNING HYMN. + + Lord of my life! O may thy praise + Employ my noblest powers. + Whose goodness lengthens out my days, + And fills the circling hours! + + Preserved by thine almighty arm, + I pass the shades of night, + Serene, and safe from every harm, + And see returning light. + + While many spent the night in sighs, + And restless pains and woes; + In gentle sleep I clos'd my eyes, + And undisturb'd repose. + + When sleep, death's semblance o'er me spread, + And I unconscious lay, + Thy watchful care was round my bed, + To guard my feeble clay. + + O let the same almighty care + My waking hours attend; + From every danger, every snare, + My heedless steps defend. + + Smile on my minutes as they roll, + And guide my future days; + And let thy goodness fill my soul + With gratitude and praise. + + + AN EVENING HYMN. + + Great God! to thee my ev'ning song, + With humble gratitude, I raise; + O let thy mercy tune my tongue, + And fill my heart with lively praise? + + My days unclouded, as they pass, + And ev'ry gently rolling hour, + Are monuments of wond'rous grace, + And witness to thy love and power. + + Thy love and power, celestial guard, + Preserve me from surrounding harms: + Can danger reach me, while the Lord + Extends his kind protecting arms? + + Let cheering hope my eyelids close, + With sleep refresh my feeble frame, + Safe in thy care may I repose, + And wake with praises to thy name. + + + + +_CHAPTER V._ + +MONDAY. + + +_Mrs. Harley._ The story you are to read this morning, my dear, is +founded upon facts which come within my own observation. I dare say you +have frequently heard the French Revolution spoken of: it was this event +which gave rise to the incidents contained in + + +_The History of the Melcour Family._ + +Mr. de Melcour was the son of a younger branch of a good family; his +father died when he was quite a child, and left him but a small +patrimony. He early entered the army, where for many years he served +his country with honour and fidelity: he was present in several +engagements, and by his bravery and exemplary conduct, acquired the +esteem of all his fellow officers. During the peace which followed the +American war he married an amiable lady, whose fortune united to his +own, enabled him to quit the noisy scenes of a military life, and settle +on a beautiful little estate he purchased in the province of Gascony. +Here he enjoyed all the happiness which a good conscience, a good +temper, and a feeling heart can bestow, joined to the blessings of +domestic peace. Madame de Melcour spent her time in the bosom of her +family; she had little taste for the dissipation of the capital, and +possessing only a limited income, had she indulged herself in expensive +pleasures, she must have foregone the higher satisfaction of +contributing to the comfort of those in less fortunate circumstances. +She had profited by the excellent education her parents had been careful +to give her, and this enabled her to bring up her own children with +little assistance from others. Frederic and Elizabeth were the happiest +little boy and girl in the neighbourhood: they tenderly loved their +parents, and feeling the necessity of doing their duty, it became quite +habitual to them. The little faults natural to childhood they were +conscious would not be punished with severity, and their good actions +they knew would never pass unrewarded. Frederic employed much of his +time in working in a little garden that his father had given him: +Elizabeth assisted in the management of the flowers, and their highest +ambition was to present their mamma with a nosegay of roses, before any +were blown in the _great_ garden. + +Thus happily passed many years at Melcour; when the troubles attendant +on the revolution came to disturb the tranquillity of their domestic +enjoyment. M. de Melcour was called upon to resume a military command; +and though he disapproved of many of the measures that had been pursued +by the government, yet, when he saw his sovereign in distress, he would +not withhold his aid. He was particularly active in endeavouring to put +a stop to the devastation caused by a misguided populace; and in a fray +between some peasants and soldiers, he fell a victim to his benevolent +exertions in the cause of humanity. + +The sad news was brought to Madame de Melcour just as she was recovering +from the bed of sickness; her constitution already much weakened, was +unable to support the fatal shock, and she soon after closed her eyes +for ever in the arms of her beloved children. + +At this period, Frederic was just fifteen, his sister two years younger; +they were left without any protector but an aged grandmother, who had +constantly resided with her daughter since the marriage of the latter +with M. de Melcour. Already suffering from the infirmities of age, +Madame de Joinville felt herself unable to resist the persecutions of +ill-disposed persons, and in the course of a few months found it +necessary to leave the chateau. It was her intention to retire with her +grandchildren into England, the country where she had spent much of the +early part of her life, and where she still hoped to discover some of +her former friends. Accordingly, having settled her affairs as well as +the distracted state of the nation would permit, and, accompanied by +Frederic and Elizabeth, she proceeded to the nearest seaport. They +encountered many difficulties on the road, but at length, through +Frederic's activity, succeeded in securing their passage in a vessel +that was on the point of sailing for England. + +Madame de Joinville suffered extremely from the fatigues and anxieties +she had lately undergone, and on their arrival at ---- it was found +necessary to remain there a few days in order to recruit her exhausted +strength. + +As soon as Madame de Joinville was sufficiently recovered, they +hastened to London, where, by the assistance of some friends, a small +house was hired for their reception. The expences of a long journey had +much diminished the sum Madame de Joinville had collected before her +departure from France, and the most rigid economy was necessary to +prevent them from becoming burthensome to others. In these +circumstances, Frederic could not bear the idea of leading an idle life; +he greatly wished to follow the profession of his father, but the +anxious fears of his grandmother and sister long opposed his +inclinations: however, he at length prevailed, and entered a regiment +that was ordered on foreign service. The parting between Elizabeth and +Frederic was a melancholy scene: she was long inconsolable for his loss, +but religion, which she had always been taught to consider as the best +comforter of the afflicted, came to her aid, and feeling the necessity +of submission, she determined by active exertions to divert her mind +from past calamities. + +It was now that Elizabeth felt the inestimable advantages of _a good +education_; she perfectly understood the English language; her industry +and punctuality procured her many friends, who, young as she was, +entrusted her with the translation of papers of consequence, and the +reward she received for her labour, greatly contributed to the support +of the family. Every instant she could spare from her employment and the +care of their domestic affairs, was devoted to her grandmother. She +nursed her when sick, read aloud for her amusement, and by every kind +attention endeavoured to lessen her regret for the blessings she had +lost. Madame de Joinville has often been heard to declare, that without +the filial affection of her granddaughter she could hardly have +supported her afflictions. The infirmities of age must sometimes render +those advanced in years petulant and capricious: Elizabeth never +murmured when her endeavours to please failed of success; much less did +she irritate her grandmother by contradiction; she patiently submitted +to these trials of her temper, and when evening came, and Madame de +Joinville retired to rest, Elizabeth thought herself amply repaid for +any little disappointments she had encountered during the day, by +receiving her blessing and the assurance of her tenderest love. + +Frederic remained two years abroad; whatever he could spare from his own +actual wants he constantly remitted to his sister; but without her +industry they would often have been greatly distressed. At length +Elizabeth's noble and pious conduct was made known to a lady who had +formerly been an intimate acquaintance of Madame de Joinville's family. +Her visits to the old lady gave her constant opportunities of witnessing +the amiable disposition of her granddaughter; and anxious to reward her +virtues, she interested herself so warmly in their concerns, that at +length, through the intercession of some powerful friends, a restitution +of part of M. de Melcour's property was procured for his children. +Elizabeth when in happier circumstances preserved the same humility of +mind, and her never failing attention to her grandmother was rewarded by +the pleasure of seeing the comforts of her last days make amends for the +sorrows that had embittered so many of her former ones. + +Frederic arrived in England soon after this happy change in their +circumstances; he would have wished his sister to return to their +native country, but the inconvenience of removing her grandmother, and +the still unquiet state of the continent, induced her to prefer a +residence in that land where she was secured from the horrors she had +once witnessed. Frederic yielded to her reasons; and when their affairs +obliged him to leave her, a constant correspondence maintained the +affection that had always subsisted from their earliest years. + + * * * * * + +"Dear mamma," said Anne, "I think I like Elizabeth better than any of +the young people I have yet read about, but do you really believe there +ever was so good a character?" + +_Mrs. Harley._ Certainly, my dear; and I have no doubt but many such are +to be found. They must be depraved indeed, who can be wanting in +affection to their parents. But I fear we must not comment a great deal +on this story at present, or there will not be time to give you some +account of _Geography_, which I intend for your study this morning. + +_Anne._ I will then, mamma, after dinner, ask you to explain to me a few +of the words I did not quite understand. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Do, my dear, I shall be happy to give you all the +information you desire. + + +FOURTH LESSON. + +_Mrs. Harley._ You know, my dear, what is meant by Geography? + +_Anne._ O yes, mamma, Geography is a description of the earth we +inhabit. + +_Mrs. Harley._ And the earth (which the globe before us represents,) is +divided into four parts, viz. Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. The +three first are contained in the eastern hemisphere, and are called the +old world. America is situated in the western hemisphere, and is called +the new world, because discovered in modern times. + +_Anne._ Pray, mamma, is not a continent one of the divisions of the +land? + +_Mrs. Harley._ Yes, my dear; for after we have divided the whole globe +into land and water, we again subdivide the land into Continents, +Islands, Peninsulas, Isthmusses, and Promontories,--the water into +Oceans, Seas, Straits, Gulfs, Bays, Lakes, Rivers, and Creeks. + +A Continent is a large tract of land containing several countries which +are not separated by seas; as Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. + +An Island, is a tract of land entirely surrounded by water, as Britain, +Ireland, Sicily, &c. + +A Peninsula, is a tract of land almost surrounded by water, and is +joined to the main land by an isthmus, as the Morea. + +An Isthmus, is a narrow neck of land that joins a peninsula to the +continent, as the Isthmus of Corinth. + +A Cape or Promontory, is that high part of land which shoots into the +sea, and appears to terminate in a point, as the Cape of Good Hope in +Africa, Cape Finistere in Spain, &c. + +A Shore or Coast, is that land which borders upon the sea. + +The Ocean, is that general collection of water which surrounds the whole +earth. It is distinguished by the names of the four cardinal points of +the world; viz. the northern or icy ocean, which environs the north +pole; the western or Atlantic Ocean, which lies between Europe and +America, extending to the Equator; the southern or Ethiopic Ocean, which +extends from the Equator between Africa and America; and the Eastern or +Indian Ocean, which washes the eastern coast of Africa, and the southern +coast of Asia. To these have been added by later discoveries the Pacific +Ocean, commonly called the Great South Sea, between America and Asia; +and the Antarctic Icy Ocean which surrounds the South Pole. + +A Sea, is a part of the Ocean, into which we must enter by some strait, +and it is almost surrounded by land, as the Mediterranean and Baltic +Seas. + +A Strait, is a narrow passage opening a way into some sea, as the +Straits of Gibraltar, the Hellespont. + +A Gulf is a part of an ocean or sea, which runs up considerably into the +land, as the Gulf of Venice, the Gulf of Mexico, &c. + +A Bay is a smaller kind of gulf, (and is frequently much smaller at the +entrance than in the middle) as the Bay of Naples. + +A Lake is a collection of water entirely surrounded by land, as the Lake +of Geneva, and the Lake of Constance: when no stream flows in or out of +it, it is called a pool. + +A River is a current or stream, which rises in some elevated land, and +flows into the sea, another river, or lake, as the River Thames, the +Medway, and the River St. Lawrence. + +A Creek, is a small part of the sea or of a river which runs but a +little way into the land. + +That part of the sea which flows between the shores of an Island and a +Continent, is called a Channel, as the English Channel. + +This description of the divisions of land and water, I wish you to +commit to memory; and I will shew you all the names I have mentioned on +the globe, which will give you a more perfect idea of them, than you can +acquire by reading only. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma; but I hope you will tell me a little more of +the earth. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Willingly, my dear. You have read that after the flood, +the world was peopled by Noah's children: Shem and his descendants +spread over Asia, Ham over Africa, and Japhet over Europe. It is +uncertain who were the original inhabitants of America. Europe, though +the smallest of the four parts of the world, is much the most populous; +and here the arts and sciences are brought to the greatest perfection: +it is divided into different countries, of which the following are the +principal, though many of them, have undergone great changes during the +last few years. + + ON THE NORTH. + + _Countries._ _Capitals._ + + 1 Norway Bergen + 2 Sweden Stockholm + 3 Denmark Copenhagen + 4 Russia St. Petersburgh + + IN THE MIDDLE. + + British {England London + Dominions 1 {Scotland Edinburgh + {Ireland Dublin + 2 France Paris + 3 Swisserland Bern + 4 Netherlands Brussels + 5 United Provinces Amsterdam + 6 Germany Vienna + 7 Bohemia Prague + 8 Hungary Presburgh + 9 Poland Cracow + 10 Prussia Koningsburgh + +Note. Berlin, in Germany, was the capital of the king of Prussia's +Dominions. + + IN THE SOUTH. + + 1 Spain Madrid + 2 Portugal Lisbon + 3 Italy Rome + 4 Turkey Constantinople + +The most considerable Islands of Europe are + +Great Britain and Ireland in the Atlantic Ocean, + +Iceland in the Northern Ocean, + +Sicily, Sardinia, Corsica, Majorca, Minorca, Candia, all in the +Mediterranean sea, and the Islands in the Archipelago. + +It is now so late my dear, that I must finish my account of Europe +to-morrow; good bye, and try to remember what I have already told you. + + + + +_CHAPTER VI._ + +TUESDAY. + + +_Anne._ You see me earlier than usual this morning, dear mamma; but as I +know all the geography you desired me to learn quite perfectly, I hope +you will give me leave to read another story. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Certainly, my dear: but remember to read very distinctly; +make proper pauses; fall your voice at a period, and begin the next +sentence in rather a higher tone; aspirate the _H_, excepting in such +words as _hour_, _honour_, _heiress_, and a few others where it is +silent: and above all, avoid a monotonous manner of reading, for nothing +can be more unpleasant to those who are listening to you, than to hear a +tale, however interesting in itself, read on in one continued tone: +instead of affording any amusement, it only induces the persons you are +reading to, to wish for a cessation of the unpleasant murmuring noise +which offends their ears. + +_Anne._ I will attend to what you say, mamma, while I am reading the +following story, which is called + + +_The Advantages of Truth._ + +George Elliot the son of a respectable gentleman, had been paying a +visit to his uncle, and on his return home, was accompanied by one of +his cousins, who was to spend a few months with him at Hartley, +Mr. Elliot's country residence. + +George was a boy of a frank and generous disposition, and good +abilities; these being cultivated by a careful education, made him at +the age of eleven years, a well-informed and agreeable boy. Charles +Morden his cousin, was much his inferior in every respect. Accustomed to +excessive indulgence, he became fretful and idle, and often entered into +mischief, for the sake of having _something to do_; his parents so +plentifully supplied him with play-things, that he was consequently +tired of every thing he possessed, and only desirous of what was in +expectation; nay, worse, for to obtain any particular gratification, he +would not scruple making use of falshood. Such was the boy, now +unfortunately the constant companion of George Elliot. + +Mr. Elliot indulged his son in every innocent amusement proper for his +age, but loved him too well to suffer his faults to pass unnoticed. +George had been long anxious for a poney, and as soon as a proper one +could be purchased, his father presented it to him, and often allowed +him to ride out, either accompanied by himself or a servant, but +particularly forbade him from ever mounting any other horse in the +stables, telling him at the same time, the many fatal accidents that +had occurred, owing to boys attempting to ride horses they were unable +to manage. George promised obedience, and had strictly adhered to his +word. + +It was settled that Charles was to share the studies, as well as the +amusements of his cousin, and the gentleman to whose care George's +education was confided, paid equal attention to both, though he soon +perceived that Charles had little delight in useful occupations: and he +was always glad of some excuse that might save him the trouble of +attending Mr. Darford, and laughed at George for being always _fagging_ +as he called it. + +About two months after his son's return, Mr. Elliot was obliged by some +business of importance, to take a journey that he thought might detain +him about a fortnight from home. He embraced the children at parting, +desired them to behave well, and at his return they should be rewarded. + +For the first week after Mr. Elliot's departure, the boys were so good, +and their tutor so well pleased with their conduct, that one fine day he +gave them a holiday, telling them, that provided they avoided all +mischievous amusements they were at liberty to spend the day in any +manner most agreeable to themselves.--During several hours, they were +employed in catching their balls, flying their kites, working in the +garden, &c. At length, Charles seeing a little boy going by on +horseback, said he should like nothing so well as a nice ride before +dinner. "Nor I neither," answered George, "but you know it is +impossible, my father having expressly forbidden us to ride out alone +during his absence. Mr. Darford is not at home, and I know that all the +men are busy." "What does that signify?" returned Charles, "we are +surely old enough to take care of ourselves, and as to my uncle, he will +never know any thing of the matter." + +George was at first quite shocked at the idea of disobeying his father, +but he at last suffered himself to be persuaded by the artful entreaties +of his cousin, to do what he knew to be wrong. They went to the +stables, where George took out his own little poney, and Charles one of +his uncle's large horses, assuring his cousin that he could manage it +very well. At their first setting out, they agreed not to go far from +home, only just to ride round the paddock; the pleasantness of the +weather, however, soon tempted them to alter their resolution, and they +ventured into the high road. They went on very well for some time, and +were just thinking of returning, when Charles's horse took fright at +some object on the side of the road, and by a sudden start threw his +rider; he was not much hurt by the fall, but the horse galloped away, +and they soon lost all trace of the way he took: after wasting some +time in fruitless endeavours to follow him, they were obliged to return +home. + +George was very uneasy, and bitterly repented the fault he had +committed. "O Charles," cried he, "why did you ask me to disobey my +father! Alas! I fear he will never forgive me." + +"Don't cry so, pray," answered his cousin, "come, follow my advice, and +this affair will never be discovered."--"How can that be? you surely +forget the horse is lost, and besides, I would not upon any account tell +an untruth." "You are very foolish then, let me tell you; for as nobody +saw us go out, if we deny knowing any thing about the horse, we shall +never be suspected." + +"No, Charles, that I will never do; I had rather suffer the severest +punishment that could be inflicted upon me, than tell a _lie_. Nothing +shall induce me to add to the fault I have already committed. When my +father comes home, I will confess what I have done, and rely upon his +indulgence for pardoning a disobedience I so sincerely repent." + +"Well then," said Charles, "if you will not follow my advice, at least +you have no occasion to say it was I who persuaded you to take out the +horses."--"I shall not even mention your name: but come, let us waste no +more time, in regretting an action that cannot be recalled, we had +better try by our future conduct, to make some reparation for the +past."--So saying, he took his cousin by the arm, and they were together +leaving the room, when Mr. Elliot entered. The young lads drew back in +dismay; Mr. Elliot ran to embrace his son. "You see me here, my dear +boy, sooner than you expected; but fortunately the business that called +me hence, was concluded much earlier than I could have imagined." Some +few minutes had elapsed, before George could gain courage to answer his +father, at length he said, "you are convinced, my dear sir, that your +company has always given me pleasure, but to day it causes me pain, for +I have just been guilty of a fault that will I fear deprive me of your +confidence." George here related to his father, all that had passed, +except carefully concealing the part his cousin had acted; when he had +finished, Mr. Elliot thus addressed him, "I am charmed with your noble +conduct, my dear boy, and most willingly forgive the error you have +committed, because I believe your repentance to be sincere, and am +convinced you have told me the exact truth. Listen, now, to the +consequences that would have ensued, had you concealed it: I was in the +adjoining apartment, and heard the whole conversation that passed +between yourself and Charles; so, had you, as he wickedly advised, had +recourse to a falsehood, it would not have deceived _me_, but only have +proved that _you_ were unworthy my care and affection: whereas, I now +rejoice in the virtuous resolution of a son thus rendered dearer to me +than ever. Always speak the _truth_, and be assured it is the easiest +and surest way of extricating yourself from every difficulty.--As for +you, Sir," continued Mr. Elliot turning to Charles, "I shall not take +the trouble of punishing the meanness and depravity of your conduct, +because I fear that any punishment I could inflict, would have little +effect on a _liar_: I shall immediately send you back to your parents, +with an account of this day's transactions, at the same time advising +them to find some place far distant from all who belong to you, and +where, under a severe discipline, you may be made to repent of your +wickedness, and I hope in time recalled to that virtuous conduct from +which you have now so miserably erred." + +Mr. Elliot then taking his son by the hand led him out of the parlour, +and left Charles at leisure to reflect on the sad consequences of a +habit of lying. + + * * * * * + +This story being finished, Mrs. Harley said, it is not necessary my dear +Anne, that I should comment on the subject of which you have been +reading; the advantages arising from a strict adherence to truth are too +obvious not to be immediately perceived, and I trust, from the +principles I have always endeavoured to instil into your young mind, +that you will ever prefer the fair and open path she points out, to the +intricate labyrinths of despicable falshood. + +_Anne._ Indeed, mamma, if ever I should be tempted to tell an untruth, I +will think of this story, and then, I am sure I shall reject it, even +though I were certain it would remain undiscovered. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Do not imagine _that_ would ever be the case, as it is +impossible for children, however artful, long to dissemble their actions +or even thoughts from persons interested about them. + +I will now conclude my account of Europe. + + +FIFTH LESSON. + +_Mrs. Harley._ I ended yesterday, I think, with the European islands.--I +will now tell you the principal seas which surround Europe--the sea of +Asoph, the Euxine or Black Sea, the Archipelago or Grecian Sea, are +between Europe and Asia--the Mediterranean between Europe and +Africa--the Atlantic Ocean between Europe and America--the German Ocean +or North Sea between Britain and Germany--the Icy Ocean on the North, +and the White Sea in Russia. + +The principal straits are, the Straits of Caffa between the Sea of Asoph +and the Black Sea--the Bosphorus, or Straits of Constantinople between +the Black Sea and the Sea of Marmora--the Hellespont between the Sea of +Marmora and the Archipelago--the Faro of Messina between Italy and +Sicily--the Straits of Bonifacio between Corsica and Sardinia--the +Straits of Gibraltar between Barbary and Spain--the Straits of Dover +between England and France--the Sound in the Baltic between Denmark and +Sweden. + +The principal gulfs and bays are, the Gulf of Bothnia in Sweden--the +Gulf of Finland between Sweden and Russia--the Bay of Biscay between +France and Spain--the Gulf of Venice between Italy and Turkey. + +The principal rivers are, the Wolga--the Don or Tanais--and the +Boristhenes or Dnieper in Russia--the Thames and the Severn in +England--the Danube, the Rhine, and the Elbe in Germany--the Vistula or +Wesil in Poland--the Loire, the Seine, the Rhine, and the Garonne in +France--the Ebro, the Tagus, and the Douro in Spain--the Po in Italy. + +The chief lakes are Ladoga and Onega in Russia--Windermere in England, +Lough Neagh in Ireland, and Loch Lomond in Scotland--Lake of Geneva +between Swisserland and Italy--Lake of Constance between Swisserland and +Germany--Lakes of Como and Maggiore in Italy. + +The chief mountains are, the Dofre-field between Norway and Sweden--the +Cheviot Hills in Scotland--Plinlimmon in Wales--the Peak in Derbyshire +in England--the Carpathian mountains between Poland and Hungary--the +Pyrenean mountains between France and Spain--the Alps which divide +France and Germany from Italy--the Apennines which run through Italy +from North to South. + +Besides these, there are several volcanos in Europe, Vesuvius in +Naples--Stromboli one of the Lipari isles--Etna in Sicily, and Hecla in +Iceland. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma, I will look for all of them in the map; but +pray before you leave Europe tell me something more of our own country. + +_Mrs. Harley._ England, my dear, is bounded on the north by Scotland, +on the east by the German Ocean, on the south by the British Channel, +and on the west by the Irish sea, and St. George's Channel. It is +divided into 52 counties, 40 in England and 12 in Wales. The 40 English +counties are + + 6 IN THE NORTH. + + _Counties._ _Chief Towns._ + + Northumberland Newcastle. + Cumberland Carlisle + Durham Durham + Westmoreland Kendal + Yorkshire York + Lancashire Lancaster. + + 6 IN THE EAST. + + Norfolk Norwich + Suffolk Ipswich + Essex Chelmsford + Middlesex London + Hertfordshire Hertford + Cambridgeshire Cambridge. + + 6 IN THE SOUTH. + + Kent Canterbury + Sussex Chichester + Surry Guildford + Hampshire Winchester + Berkshire Reading + Wiltshire Salisbury. + + 4 IN THE WEST. + + Dorsetshire Dorchester + Somersetshire Bristol + Devonshire Exeter + Cornwall Launceston. + + 18 IN THE MIDDLE. + + Gloucestershire Gloucester + Monmouthshire Monmouth + Herefordshire Hereford + Shropshire Shrewsbury + Cheshire Chester + Derbyshire Derby + Nottinghamshire Nottingham + Lincolnshire Lincoln + Huntingdonshire Huntingdon + Bedfordshire Bedford + Buckinghamshire Buckingham + Oxfordshire Oxford + Worcestershire Worcester + Staffordshire Stafford + Leicestershire Leicester + Rutlandshire Oakham + Northamptonshire Northampton + Warwickshire Warwick. + +The 12 Welsh counties are, + + 6 IN NORTH WALES. + + _Counties._ _Chief Towns._ + + Anglesea Beaumaris + Caernarvonshire Caernarvon + Denbighshire Denbigh + Flintshire St. Asaph + Merionethshire Harlech + Montgomeryshire Montgomery + + 6 IN SOUTH WALES. + + Cardiganshire Cardigan + Radnorshire Radnor + Pembrokeshire Pembroke + Caermarthenshire Caermarthen + Brecknockshire Brecknock + Glamorganshire Cardiff. + +You will learn these counties, my dear, and trace them on the map at +your first leisure opportunity. We have been so long in Europe, that I +fear I must give you a very short description of the other parts of the +world. + +Asia is rendered famous on account of its having been the residence of +our first parents, and the scene of almost every transaction mentioned +in the scriptures: here our Saviour was born, lived and died; and from +hence the gospel was first promulgated to mankind. Its inhabitants, +though formerly celebrated for their refinement, are now, in general, a +lazy, ignorant people. China is celebrated for its productions of silk +and tea, which is a plant almost peculiar to this country, and the +beautiful manufacture of porcelain called China. In the southern part of +Asia the East Indies are situated, and in the West Arabia. The chief +rivers are the Euphrates, Tigris, Indus and Ganges. The principal +mountains are, Azarat, Horeb, Sinai and Lebanon. The most remarkable +Islands are, the Japan isles, the Maiana or Ladrone Islands, Formoso, +Philippines, Moluccas, Banda islands, Celebes or Macassar, the Sunda +islands, Ceylon, Maldives and Jesso isles. + +_Anne._ Thank you, mamma, now for Africa. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Africa, my dear, though once so highly renowned for the +learning and politeness of its natives is now nearly barbarous. In +Africa, near the northern coast, was situated the once famous city of +Carthage, founded by Queen Dido, and the native country of a famous +general named Hannibal, whose history you will hereafter read. Egypt so +famous for the Nile (an immense river) lies in this part of the world, +and here the arts and sciences were formerly highly cultivated. The +chief rivers are, the Nile, Niger, Gambia, and Senegal. The mountains +are, Mount Atlas in the north, and the Peak of Teneriffe one of the +Canary isles. The principal African Islands are, the Azores, the +Madeiras, Canaries, Cape Verde isles, and St. Helena in the Atlantic +Ocean; Madagascar, Mauritius, Bourbon, Comora isles, and Socotora in +the Indian Ocean. + +America, the largest division of the globe, was discovered in the year +1492 by Christopher Columbus, a native of Genoa in Italy; though it +derives its name (not quite justly I think) from Americus Vesputius, who +extended the discoveries of Columbus. America is divided into north and +south, and these two peninsulas are joined by the Isthmus of Darien. The +mountains here are much higher and the rivers much larger than those in +the other parts of the world. The Andes, a ridge of mountains in South +America, are considered the highest in the world; their tops are covered +with perpetual snow, notwithstanding the excessive heat of the climate +in which they are situated. In North America are the Appalachian or +Allegany mountains. The principal rivers are, in the southern peninsula, +the river Amazon, the Oronoko, the Rio de la Plata, and the river +Janeiro: in the north, St. Lawrence, Delaware, and Susquehana. + +Great part of North America formerly belonged to Great Britain, but some +disputes arising between the mother country (England) and the colonies, +a war ensued, which was, at length, terminated in favour of the +Americans, and in 1783 they were declared a free, sovereign, and +independent nation. This part of America is now distinguished by the +appellation of "the United States." General Washington, of whom you +have frequently heard me speak, was an American. + +I must now finish my lecture on geography, which, though very imperfect, +has yet exceeded the usual limits of our lessons; many interesting +circumstances relating to the various countries I have mentioned, have +been entirely omitted, as I was fearful that by telling you too much on +the subject I should prevent you from remembering any of the particulars +so necessary for you to retain. + +_Anne._ Oh, dear mamma! how much I thank you for what you have told me +about geography, I think it very entertaining, and I like looking over +maps; but now I should very much like to know the history of all these +countries. + +_Mrs. Harley._ To-morrow, my dear, I will give you some account of them, +but to know all the particulars of each nation would require you to +read more volumes than as yet you have patience for. Farewell. + + + + +_CHAPTER VII._ + +WEDNESDAY. + + +_Mrs. Harley._ We will this morning, my dear, contrary to the usual +custom, begin our instructions with the _Lesson_ instead of the _Story_; +and as the two last days have given you some idea of geography, I think +I cannot better employ the present than by devoting it to History. + +_Anne._ You know, mamma, I am always happy to learn what you are so good +as to teach me. Pray, if I was to ask you the meaning of the word +History, how would you answer me? + +_Mrs. Harley._ I should say, my dear, that History is a relation of the +past actions of men and women. It is divided into sacred and profane. By +sacred history is meant all the relations that are contained in the Old +and New Testaments. + +_Anne._ And of which you have already given me some account, mamma. + +_Mrs. Harley._ From your earliest childhood, my dear, it has been my +constant endeavour to store your mind with as much knowledge of sacred +subjects as I thought it capable of receiving. + +By profane history is meant the account of all transactions not included +in the sacred volumes. Ancient history relates the events that happened +from the creation of the world to the birth of Jesus Christ: Modern +history, those from the birth of Jesus Christ to the present time. +Ancient history is divided into the four periods or aeras of the four +successive monarchies called universal. + +_Anne._ Why were they called universal monarchies, mamma? + +_Mrs. Harley._ Because they extended over the greatest part of the +_then_ known world. The first was the Assyrian monarchy, founded by +Nimrod, the grandson of Ham, who, you know, was the son of Noah. Nimrod +was a very courageous man, and a famous hunter of wild beasts, which +impressed his friends with so high an idea of his abilities, that they +agreed to elect him their king; he taught his subjects the arts of +hunting and building cities, besides several other useful things: he +founded the Assyrian monarchy about 1800 years after the creation. +Nimrod was succeeded by his son Ninus, and at his death the crown +devolved to his Queen Semiramis, remarkable for her extraordinary +valour; she was slain in battle by the Indians, who, in those days, made +use of elephants in their armies. This monarchy ended under +Sardanapalus, who was a very weak prince. The capitals of the Assyrian +empire were Babylon upon the river Euphrates, and Nineveh on the Tigris. +It was divided, after the death of Sardanapalus, into three kingdoms, +called, the Median, Babylonian, and the second Assyrian. Belshazzar, the +last king of Babylon, was a very wicked man, and treated the Jews (who +had been brought captive to Babylon by Nebuchadnezzar, a former king) +with great cruelty. At a splendid entertainment which he one night gave +to the lords of his court, he ordered the vessels that had been taken +from Solomon's temple to be brought to him, and, with his guests, +insulted the Jewish religion by drinking out of them; his impiety was, +however, speedily punished, for that very night Cyrus entered Babylon +with a powerful army, made himself master of the kingdom, and +Belshazzar was slain. + +Cyrus becoming, soon after this event, by the death of his father and +uncle, king of Persia, Media, and Babylon, established the second +universal monarchy called the Persian. He was a very good prince, and +permitted the Jews to return to their own land and rebuild their city. + +_Anne._ Which was called Jerusalem, was it not, mamma? + +_Mrs. Harley._ Yes, my dear, I am glad to find you recollect what you +read. Cyrus lived to be very old, and was succeeded by his son Cambyses, +who, far from following the virtuous example of his father, committed +numberless crimes, among which was the murder of his own brother. After +him reigned Smerdis the impostor, who pretended to be the true Smerdis +that had been killed by Cambyses: next to him Darius, who was chosen +because his horse neighed before any of those belonging to the other +competitors for the crown: then Xerxes, a very vain-glorious prince, who +attempted to conquer Greece, but was himself beaten, and obliged to make +his escape from thence in a little fishing boat: he was succeeded by his +son Artaxerxes, and at length, after several other kings, Darius +ascended the throne, who, had he not been proud of his riches, might +have been a wise and good sovereign. During his reign, the Greeks (who +inhabited that country which is now the southern part of Turkey in +Europe) determined, under the command of the famous Alexander, to make +the Persians submit to their power: accordingly, an immense army invaded +the Persian dominions, and after several battles, they were completely +conquered, and Darius was killed by one of his own nobles. Thus +Alexander putting an end to the Persian monarchy, established the third +Universal Empire about 330 years before Christ. + +The capital of Persia was Susa. + +_Anne._ I suppose then, that Alexander was a native of Greece, pray tell +me a little about that country? + +_Mrs. Harley._ Long before the time of Alexander, Greece had been +highly celebrated. It was divided into several small states, the +principal of which were, Sparta and Athens. Sparta was governed by +kings; Lycurgus was their famous legislator; he framed many wise laws, +which greatly added to the prosperity of the kingdom. Athens was a +commonwealth, and even more renowned for wisdom than Sparta. Solon was +their lawgiver, and his laws tended much more to the refinement of the +people, than those of Lycurgus, some of which were very cruel. Macedon +was a state of little consequence till the time of Philip, who greatly +increased its importance: he procured himself to be appointed +commander-in-chief of all the armies destined for the invasion of +Persia, but he was killed before he set out on this expedition. He was +succeeded by his son Alexander, both as king of Macedon and +generalissimo of Greece, who, after settling the affairs of his native +country, marched into Persia; not contented with conquering this vast +country, he turned his arms against the Indian princes, many of whom +were obliged to submit to his authority; one of them was named Porus, a +man of extraordinary stature, who afterwards became the sincere friend +of the conqueror. + +Thus Alexander having subdued so many nations, was at last obliged to +yield to the instances of his soldiers, and to think of returning back +to Macedon. He entered Babylon in triumph, and spent much of his time, +while there, in feasting and drinking. The excesses he committed, at +times deranged his mind, and in one fit of intoxication he killed a +faithful old friend named Clitus: many more of his actions were totally +unworthy of a prince who assumed the name of _Great_, this appellation +was certainly bestowed upon him rather for his extensive conquests, than +for any benefits his subjects derived from his reign, nor could _Good_ +with any propriety have been added to the title of Great. + +He at length, fell a victim to his intemperance in the thirty-third year +of his age, about 323 years before Christ. Leaving no proper person to +succeed him; four of his generals, after many disputes and battles +divided his extensive dominions among themselves. To relate the +particular histories of these kingdoms would engross too much of our +time; I shall therefore proceed to the Roman Empire which was the fourth +universal monarchy; and was founded by Romulus about 752 years before +Christ. Perhaps a short account of its origin will be entertaining to +you. + +Romulus and Remus were the twin sons of a lady named Rhea Sylvia. As +soon as they were born they were condemned by their cruel uncle Amulius +king of Alba (in Italy) to be thrown into the Tiber, this was executed, +but they were found and preserved by a herdsman named Faustulus, who +brought them up as his own sons till they arrived at years of +discretion; when becoming acquainted with the history of their birth, +they determined to dethrone their wicked uncle Amulius, and restore +their grandfather Numitor to the crown his brother had unjustly deprived +him of. They succeeded, and then formed a plan for building themselves a +city, among those hills on which they had spent their earliest years. +They could not, however, agree concerning the best situation for it, but +the opinion of Romulus at length prevailing, Remus, to vex his brother, +leaped contemptuously over the city wall: this so irritated Romulus that +a violent quarrel ensued, they fought, and either by accident or design +Romulus killed his brother, and then the whole government of the new +state devolved upon himself: it was called Rome after its founder. +Inhabitants flocked from every part of the surrounding country into the +new city, and it soon became a very considerable kingdom. After the +death of Romulus six other kings succeeded to the throne all of whom, +excepting the last, were great and good men, their names were, + + Romulus the Founder, + Numa Pompilius, + Tullus Hostilius, + Ancus Martius, + Tarquinius Priscus, + Servius Tullius, and + Tarquinius Superbus. + +Under whom ended the regal state. A Commonwealth ensued. Many great men +flourished during this period: but at length the government changed once +more, and Rome became an empire. The first twelve emperors were +distinguished by the appellation of the twelve Caesars, their names were + + Julius Caesar, the first Roman emperor. + + Augustus, in whose reign our Saviour Jesus Christ came into the + world. + + Tiberius, + Caligula, + Claudius, + Nero, + Sergius Galba, + Otho, + Vitellius, + Vespasian, + Titus, and + Domitian. + +Many emperors succeeded these, until Constantine the Great, the 41st +emperor, removed the seat of empire from Rome to Constantinople, which, +before his time, was called Byzantium. Constantine was a very good man, +and was the first Roman emperor who embraced the Christian religion, but +he pursued a system of politics that hastened the destruction of the +empire. After his death the sovereignty was divided between his sons, +and soon after Rome, which had once given laws to the world, became a +prey to merciless barbarians, and sunk into comparative insignificance. + +_Anne._ O! thank you, mamma, for this entertaining account of Rome, I +shall be very glad when I am old enough to read the Roman History. + +_Mrs. Harley._ Age, my dear, is not the only thing necessary for the +accomplishment of your wish. Let me see you attentive to your present +employments, and I shall have much pleasure in reading with you a +history that I am sure will engage your attention. I will now tell you a +very little about our own country. + +Britain was little known to the rest of the world, till about 52 years +before the common aera; when Julius Caesar invaded the country with a +powerful army: the natives, assisted by their Druids or priests, opposed +his landing, but they were unable long to resist so warlike a people as +the Romans, who soon after making themselves masters of the island, +maintained possession of the most fertile parts of it near 500 years. +Their own affairs then requiring their attention at home, they abandoned +it, and the Saxons made their appearance. These people came from a +province in Germany, and when they had subdued Britain, they divided it +into seven kingdoms called the Saxon Heptarchy. + + Kent, which included the isles of Thanet and Sheppey. + + Northumberland, contained Northumberland, Durham, Lancashire, + and Yorkshire. + + East Anglia, contained Cambridgeshire, Suffolk, and Norfolk. + + Mercia, contained all the middle countries from the Severn + between East Anglia and Wessex. + + Essex, or East Saxony, contained Essex, Middlesex, and part of + Hertfordshire. + + Sussex, or South Saxony, contained Surry, Sussex, and the New + Forest. + + Wessex, or West Saxony, included Hampshire, Dorsetshire, + Wiltshire, Berkshire, and the Isle of Wight. + +Egbert, king of Wessex, at length subduing the other princes of the +Heptarchy, united the whole country under one monarchy, and became +himself the first king of England, in the year 827 after Christ. + +I will give you a chronological list of the kings of England, not that I +wish you to learn it at present, but because it will be useful to refer +to when you are reading the history. Some knowledge of dates is +desirable, as it enables you to ascertain the periods when any +particular events occurred, and under whose reign. The Danes made +frequent incursions into England during the time of the Saxons, and +caused great devastation in the country. Alfred, the most excellent +prince mentioned in history, was obliged, owing to these barbarians, to +abandon his throne and retire to an obscure cottage, where, however, he +occupied his time in forming the best plans for his own +re-establishment, and the restoration of tranquility to his distracted +country: his wise measures were successful and for some time the Danes +were entirely quelled, but they soon renewed their usual predatory +warfare, and Canute became king of England. + + SAXON KINGS OF ENGLAND. + + 800 Egbert + 838 Ethelwolf + 857 Ethelbald + 860 Ethelbert + 866 Ethelred + 871 Alfred the Great + 901 Edward the Elder + 925 Athelston + 941 Edmund + 946 Edred + 955 Edwy + 959 Edgar + 975 Edward the Martyr + 978 Ethelred II + 1016 Edmund II, or Ironside. + + DANISH KINGS. + + 1017 Canute + 1035 Harold + 1039 Hardicanute + 1041 Edward the Confessor + 1065 Harold II. + +William the first (commonly called the Conqueror,) Duke of Normandy, +invaded England with a powerful army, and slew Harold at the battle of +Hastings. This victory is called the Conquest; it was gained on the 14th +of October, 1066. + + NORMAN LINE. + + Kings names. Began to reign. Reigned years. + + William I 1066 20 Duke of Normandy + William II 1087 12 Son to the Conqueror + Henry I 1100 35 Brother to William II + Stephen 1135 18 Grandson to the Conqueror by + his daughter Adela, who + married the Earl of Blois. + + LINE OF PLANTAGENET. + + Henry II 1154 34 Grandson to Henry I by his + daughter Matilda, who married + the Earl of Anjou + Richard I 1189 9 Son to Henry I + John 1199 17 Brother to Richard I + Henry III 1216 56 Son to John + Edward I 1272 34 Son to Henry III + Edward II 1307 19 Son to Edward I + Edward III 1327 50 Son to Edward II. + Richard II 1377 22 Grandson to Edward III by his + eldest son, the Black Prince. + + LINE OF LANCASTER. + + Henry IV 1399 13 Son to John of Gaunt, Duke of + Lancaster, fourth son of + Edward III + Henry V 1413 9 Son to Henry IV + Henry VI 1422 38 Son to Henry V. + + LINE OF YORK. + + Edward IV 1461 22 Son to Richard Duke of York, + a descendant by the mother's + side from Lionel, the third + son of Edward III + Edward V 1483 2ms. Son of Edward IV + Richard III 1483 2 Uncle to Edward V. + + LINE OF TUDOR, + + In which were united the Houses of York and Lancaster, by the + marriage of Henry VII, son of the Countess of Richmond, of the + House of Lancaster, to Elizabeth daughter of Edward IV. + + Henry VII 1485 23 Earl of Richmond + Henry VIII 1509 37 Son to Henry VII + Edward VI 1547 6 Son to Henry VIII + Mary 1553 5 Sister to Edward VI + Elizabeth 1558 44 Sister to Mary. + + LINE OF STUART. + + James I 1603 22 Son to Mary queen of Scots, + who was descended from + Henry VII + Charles I 1625 23 Son to James I. (Charles was + beheaded in 1649.) + + COMMON-WEALTH AND PROTECTORATE OF CROMWELL. + + Charles II 1660 24 Son to Charles I + James II 1685 4 Brother to Charles II. + (James II abdicated + the throne in 1689.) + + LINE OF ORANGE. + + {William III 1689 13 Nephew and Son-in-law to + {& James II + {Mary II Stuart Daughter to James II + Anne 1702 12 Daughter to James II. + + LINE OF BRUNSWICK. + + George I 1714 12 Son to the Princess Sophia, + Electress of Hanover, and + grandaughter of James I + George II 1728 33 Son to George I + George III 1760 Grandson to George II. + +I will not, my dear, enter into the history of any of these sovereigns, +as there are many English histories extant, which will give you better +information upon this subject, than you could receive from any +description of mine: indeed, the little I have now been telling you of +history in general, is only intended to awaken in your mind a desire for +the attainment of this useful knowledge. Modern History we shall defer +for several years, but I will to-morrow give you Rollin's Ancient +History, a work, I think, particularly well calculated for young people; +when you have read this, you shall proceed to the Roman History, after +which you may be able to enter into the accounts of more modern times. +In the mean while, let me beg you to continue attentive to the +instructions you receive, and new lessons and more stories shall then be +prepared for your next + +BIRTH-DAY PRESENT. + + + + +THE END. + + + + +H. Bryer, Printer, Bridge-Street, Blackfriars, London. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Week of Instruction and Amusement,, by +Mrs. Harley + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INSTRUCTION AND AMUSEMENT *** + +***** This file should be named 25659.txt or 25659.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/5/6/5/25659/ + +Produced by Tamise Totterdell and the Online Distributed +Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was +produced from images generously made available by The +Internet Archive/American Libraries.) + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/25659.zip b/25659.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f704a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/25659.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8ee515f --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #25659 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/25659) |
